Document:

Indenture with Wachovia Capital Markets dated June 15, 2004

 Exhibit 4.9 
  

CADMUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, 
  
 as Issuer, 
  
 The Subsidiary Guarantors, 
  
 as Guarantors, 
  
 and

  
 Wachovia Bank, National Association 
  
 as Trustee 
  
 Indenture 
  
 Dated as of June 15, 2004 
  
  
 8 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 ARTICLE ONE DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	1
			
	     Section 1.01.
	  	Definitions	  	1
	     Section 1.02.
	  	Other Definitions	  	16
	     Section 1.03.
	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	16
	     Section 1.04.
	  	Rules of Construction	  	16
		
	 ARTICLE TWO THE NOTES
	  	17
			
	     Section 2.01.
	  	Form and Dating	  	17
	     Section 2.02.
	  	Execution and Authentication	  	17
	     Section 2.03.
	  	[Reserved]	  	18
	     Section 2.04.
	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	18
	     Section 2.05.
	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	18
	     Section 2.06.
	  	Lists of Holders of Notes	  	18
	     Section 2.07.
	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	19
	     Section 2.08.
	  	Replacement Notes	  	29
	     Section 2.09.
	  	Outstanding Notes; Treasury Notes	  	29
	     Section 2.10.
	  	Temporary Notes	  	29
	     Section 2.11.
	  	Cancellation	  	29
	     Section 2.12.
	  	Defaulted Interest	  	30
	     Section 2.13.
	  	CUSIP Number	  	30
	     Section 2.14.
	  	Persons Deemed Owners	  	30
	     Section 2.15.
	  	Issuance of Additional Notes	  	30
		
	 ARTICLE THREE REDEMPTION
	  	30
			
	     Section 3.01.
	  	Notice to Trustee	  	30
	     Section 3.02.
	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	30
	     Section 3.03.
	  	Notice of Redemption	  	31
	     Section 3.04.
	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	31
	     Section 3.05.
	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	31
	     Section 3.06.
	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	32
		
	 ARTICLE FOUR COVENANTS
	  	32
			
	     Section 4.01.
	  	Payment of Notes	  	32
	     Section 4.02.
	  	Commission Reports	  	32
	     Section 4.03.
	  	Compliance Certificates	  	33
	     Section 4.04.
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	34
	     Section 4.05.
	  	Corporate Existence	  	34
	     Section 4.06.
	  	Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws	  	34
	     Section 4.07.
	  	Payment of Taxes and Other Claims	  	34
	     Section 4.08.
	  	Business Activities	  	34
	     Section 4.09.
	  	Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	  	35
	     Section 4.10.
	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	37
	     Section 4.11.
	  	Limitation on Sale of Assets	  	39
	     Section 4.12.
	  	Limitation on Liens Securing Indebtedness	  	41
	     Section 4.13.
	  	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	  	41
	     Section 4.14.
	  	Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates	  	43

					
	     Section 4.15.
	  	Limitation on Senior Subordinated Debt	  	44
	     Section 4.16.
	  	Change of Control	  	44
	     Section 4.17.
	  	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.	  	45
	     Section 4.18.
	  	Payments for Consent.	  	46
	     Section 4.19.
	  	Limitations on Issuances of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries; Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets by Subsidiary Guarantors; Release of Subsidiary Guarantees	  	46
		
	 ARTICLE FIVE SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
	  	47
			
	     Section 5.01.
	  	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.	  	47
	     Section 5.02.
	  	Successor Corporation Substituted	  	48
		
	 ARTICLE SIX DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	48
			
	     Section 6.01.
	  	Events of Default	  	48
	     Section 6.02.
	  	Acceleration	  	49
	     Section 6.03.
	  	Other Remedies	  	50
	     Section 6.04.
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	50
	     Section 6.05.
	  	Control by Majority	  	51
	     Section 6.06.
	  	Limitation on Remedies	  	51
	     Section 6.07.
	  	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	  	51
	     Section 6.08.
	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	51
	     Section 6.09.
	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	52
	     Section 6.10.
	  	Priorities	  	52
	     Section 6.11.
	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	52
		
	 ARTICLE SEVEN TRUSTEE
	  	52
			
	     Section 7.01.
	  	Duties of Trustee	  	52
	     Section 7.02.
	  	Rights of Trustee	  	53
	     Section 7.03.
	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	54
	     Section 7.04.
	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	54
	     Section 7.05.
	  	Notice of Defaults	  	54
	     Section 7.06.
	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders.	  	55
	     Section 7.07.
	  	Compensation and Indemnity.	  	55
	     Section 7.08.
	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	56
	     Section 7.09.
	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.	  	56
	     Section 7.10.
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	56
	     Section 7.11.
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company	  	57
		
	 ARTICLE EIGHT SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
	  	57
			
	     Section 8.01.
	  	Satisfaction and Discharge.	  	57
	     Section 8.02.
	  	Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.	  	57
	     Section 8.03.
	  	Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.	  	59
	     Section 8.04.
	  	Application of Trust Money.	  	60
	     Section 8.05.
	  	Repayment to Company.	  	60
	     Section 8.06.
	  	Reinstatement.	  	60
		
	 ARTICLE NINE AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
	  	61
			
	     Section 9.01.
	  	Without Consent of Holders	  	61
	     Section 9.02.
	  	With Consent of Holders	  	61

  

 ii 

					
	     Section 9.03.
	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	63
	     Section 9.04.
	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	63
	     Section 9.05.
	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	63
	     Section 9.06.
	  	Trustee Protected.	  	63
		
	 ARTICLE TEN SUBORDINATION OF NOTES
	  	64
			
	     Section 10.01.
	  	Agreement to Subordinate.	  	64
	     Section 10.02.
	  	Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.	  	64
	     Section 10.03.
	  	Default on Designated Senior Debt.	  	64
	     Section 10.04.
	  	Acceleration of Notes	  	65
	     Section 10.05.
	  	When Distribution Must Be Paid Over	  	65
	     Section 10.06.
	  	Notice by the Company.	  	65
	     Section 10.07.
	  	Subrogation.	  	66
	     Section 10.08.
	  	Relative Rights.	  	66
	     Section 10.09.
	  	Subordination May Not Be Impaired by the Company.	  	66
	     Section 10.10.
	  	Distribution or Notice to Representative.	  	66
	     Section 10.11.
	  	Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.	  	66
	     Section 10.12.
	  	Authorization to Effect Subordination.	  	67
		
	 ARTICLE ELEVEN GUARANTEES
	  	67
			
	     Section 11.01.
	  	Unconditional Guarantee	  	67
	     Section 11.02.
	  	Limitation of Subsidiary Guarantor’s Liability	  	68
	     Section 11.03.
	  	Contribution	  	68
	     Section 11.04.
	  	Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantees	  	68
	     Section 11.05.
	  	Severability	  	69
	     Section 11.06.
	  	Execution of Guarantee	  	69
		
	 ARTICLE TWELVE SUBORDINATION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
	  	69
			
	     Section 12.01.
	  	Guarantees Subordinated to Senior Debt	  	69
	     Section 12.02.
	  	Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.	  	69
	     Section 12.03.
	  	Default on Designated Senior Debt.	  	70
	     Section 12.04.
	  	Guarantees Unconditional	  	70
	     Section 12.05.
	  	When Distribution Must Be Paid Over	  	71
	     Section 12.06.
	  	Notice by the Company.	  	71
	     Section 12.07.
	  	Subrogation.	  	71
	     Section 12.08.
	  	Relative Rights.	  	71
	     Section 12.09.
	  	Subordination May Not Be Impaired by the Company.	  	72
	     Section 12.10.
	  	Distribution or Notice to Representative.	  	72
	     Section 12.11.
	  	Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.	  	72
	     Section 12.12.
	  	Authorization to Effect Subordination.	  	72
		
	 ARTICLE THIRTEEN MISCELLANEOUS
	  	73
			
	     Section 13.01.
	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	73
	     Section 13.02.
	  	Notices	  	73
	     Section 13.03.
	  	Communication by Holders with Other Holders	  	74
	     Section 13.04.
	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	74
	     Section 13.05.
	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	74
	     Section 13.06.
	  	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	74
	     Section 13.07.
	  	Legal Holidays	  	74
	     Section 13.08.
	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.	  	74

  

 iii 

					
	     Section 13.09.
	  	Governing Law	  	75
	     Section 13.10.
	  	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	75
	     Section 13.11.
	  	Successor	  	75
	     Section 13.12.
	  	Duplicate Originals	  	75
	     Section 13.13.
	  	Severability	  	75

  

					
	 Exhibit A – Form of Note

	 Exhibit B – Form of Certificate of Transfer

	 Exhibit C – Form of Certificate of Exchange

	 Exhibit D – Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investor

	 Exhibit E – Form of Guarantee

  

 iv 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 
  

			
	 Trust Indenture
 Act
Section

	  	 Indenture
 Section

	 310 (a)(1)
	  	7.10
	   (a)(2)
	  	N/A
	   (a)(3)
	  	N/A
	   (a)(4)
	  	N/A
	   (a)(5)
	  	7.08
	   (b)
	  	7.10
	   (c)
	  	N/A
	 311 (a)
	  	7.11
	   (b)
	  	7.11
	   (c)
	  	N/A
	 312 (a)
	  	N/A
	   (b)
	  	13.03
	   (c)
	  	13.03
	 313 (a)
	  	7.06
	   (b)(1)
	  	N/A
	   (b)(2)
	  	7.06
	   (c)
	  	7.06
	   (d)
	  	N/A
	 314 (a)
	  	4.02; 4.03
	   (b)
	  	N/A
	   (c)(1)
	  	N/A
	   (c)(2)
	  	N/A
	   (c)(3)
	  	N/A
	   (d)
	  	N/A
	   (e)
	  	N/A
	   (f)
	  	N/A
	 315 (a)
	  	N/A
	   (b)
	  	N/A
	   (c)
	  	N/A
	   (d)
	  	N/A
	   (e)
	  	N/A
	 316 (a)(1)(A)
	  	N/A
	   (a)(1)(B)
	  	N/A
	   (a)(2)
	  	N/A
	   (b)
	  	N/A
	   (c)
	  	N/A
	 317 (a)(1)
	  	N/A
	   (a)(2)
	  	N/A
	   (b)
	  	N/A
	 318 (a)
	  	N/A
	   (b)
	  	N/A
	   (c)
	  	13.01

 N/A means Not Applicable 
  
 NOTE: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this
Indenture. 
  

 v 

 INDENTURE, dated as of June 15, 2004, among CADMUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, a Virginia
corporation (the “Company”), the SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS listed as signatories hereto, and WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee. 
  
 The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance, initially, of up to $125,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of the Company’s 8 3/8% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”) issuable as provided in this Indenture. All actions necessary to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor, in accordance with its terms, have
been taken. 
  
 Each party agrees as follows for the
benefit of the other parties and for the benefit of the holders of the Notes: 
  
 ARTICLE ONE 
  
 DEFINITIONS AND
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
  
 Section 1.01.
Definitions. 
  
 “144A Global Note” means
a global note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that shall be issued in a
denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A. 
  
 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person
is merged with or into, or becomes a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified
Person; and (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 
  
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control
with” shall have correlative meanings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person (other than the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) in whom a Securitization Entity makes an Investment in connection with a Qualified Securitization
Transaction shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries solely by reason of such Investment. 
  
 “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar. 
  
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in
any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 
  
 “Asset Sale” means: (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights; provided that the sale,
conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Section 4.16 and/or Section 5.01 and not by Section 4.11; and (2) the issuance of Equity
Interests by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall be deemed not to be Asset
Sales: (1) any single transaction or series of related 

 transactions that involves assets having a fair market value of less than $1.0 million; (2) a transfer of assets between
or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; (3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary; (4) the sale or lease of equipment, inventory or other assets in the ordinary
course of business; (5) the sale of accounts receivable and related assets (including contract rights) of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Securitization Transaction” to a Securitization Entity for the fair market value
thereof, including cash in an amount at least equal to 75% of the fair market value thereof as determined in accordance with GAAP (for the purposes of this clause (5), Purchase Money Notes shall be deemed to be cash); (6) the transfer of accounts
receivable and related assets (including contract rights) of the type specified in the definition of Qualified Securitization Transaction (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Securitization Entity in a Qualified Securitization
Transaction; (7) the sale or other disposition of Cash Equivalents; (8) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.10; and (9) any sale or disposition of any property or equipment that has become damaged, worn out, obsolete or otherwise
unsuitable for use in connection with the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the
obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction, including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended.
Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating
the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the
right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially
Owned” shall have a corresponding meaning. 
  
 “Board
of Directors” means: (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation; (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and (3) with respect to any other
Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 
  
 “Board Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of
such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. 
  
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or
Richmond, Virginia are required or authorized by law or governmental action to be closed. 
  
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized
on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Capital
Stock” means: (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; (3)
in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses
of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
  
 “Cash Equivalents” means: (1) United States dollars; (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full
faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; (3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date
of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, 
  

 2 

 in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million and a Thomson Bank
Watch Rating of “B” or better; (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the
qualifications specified in clause (3) above; (5) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and in each case maturing within one year after the date
of acquisition; and (6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition. 
  
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act); (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; (3) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are
used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the ultimate Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the
Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors; or (5) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into the Company, in any such event pursuant to a
transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the Voting Stock of the Company outstanding
immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or
transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance). 
  
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, Luxembourg. 
  
 “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 “Company” means the party named as such above, until a successor replaces such Person in accordance with
the terms of this Indenture, and thereafter means such successor. 
  
 “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus: (1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus (2) Fixed Charges to the extent deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;
plus (3) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash
expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period to the extent
that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus (4) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue
consistent with past practice, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, the Fixed Charges and the depreciation and
amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company only to the extent that a corresponding amount of Consolidated Net Income
of such Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its
charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the
Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that: (1) after-tax gains from Asset Sales (without regard to the $1.0 million 
  

 3 

 limitation set forth in the definition thereof) or abandonments or reserves relating thereto shall be excluded; (2)
after-tax items classified as extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring, excluding any item or items that require an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period shall be excluded; (3) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that
is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary
thereof; (4) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not permitted without any prior
governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted
Subsidiary or its equityholders; (5) the Net Income of any Person acquired during the specified period for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded; (6) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be
excluded; (7) premiums paid and expensed during such period in connection with the refinancing of all or substantially all of the Company’s 9 3/4% Notes in a single transaction or series of transactions and any written-off deferred loan costs during such period in connection with any such refinancing shall be excluded; (8) any non-cash
compensation expense realized for grants of performance shares or stock options to officers, directors or employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, provided that such shares or options can be redeemed at the
option of the holders thereof for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); and (9) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, whether or not distributed to the specified Person or one of its
Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Worth”
means, with respect to any specified Person as of any date, the sum of: (1) the consolidated equity of the common stockholders of such Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as set forth on the most recently available quarterly or
annual consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (which shall be as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date of computation, and which shall not take into account Unrestricted Subsidiaries); plus (2)
the respective amounts reported on such Person’s balance sheet as of such date with respect to any series of preferred stock (other than Disqualified Stock) that by its terms is not entitled to the payment of dividends unless such dividends may
be declared and paid only out of net earnings in respect of the year of such declaration and payment, but only to the extent of any cash received by such Person upon issuance of such preferred stock. 
  
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of
determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who: (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; or (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a
majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election. 
  
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” means, for purposes of presentation or surrender of Notes for payment, registration, transfer,
exchange or purchase or for service of notices or demands upon the Company, the office of the Trustee located in The City of New York at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered (which at the date of execution
of this Indenture is located at 40 Broad Street, Fifth Floor, New York, New York 10004), and for all other purposes, the office of the Trustee located in the City of Richmond, Virginia (which at the date of execution of this Indenture is located at
1021 East Cary Street, Richmond, Virginia 23219, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration - VA 9646), or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust
office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as a successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company). 
  
 “Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2004, by and among the Company, the guarantor
subsidiaries named therein, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, as Lead Arranger, Bank of America, N.A., as Co-Lead Arranger and the other lenders named therein, including any related letters
of credit, notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from
time to time (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder, provided any such increase complies with 
  

 4 

 Section 4.09) by one or more credit facilities, in which case, the credit agreement or similar agreement together with
all other documents and instruments related shall constitute the “Credit Agreement,” whether with the same or new agents or lenders. 
  
 “Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement (and any hedging arrangements
with the lenders thereunder or Affiliates of such lenders, secured by the collateral securing the Company’s Obligations under the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders providing
for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through a Qualified Securitization Transaction) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in
part from time to time by one or more of such facilities, whether with the same or new agents or lenders. 
  
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 

 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in
the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.07 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of
Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
  
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.04 hereof as the depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors
thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 
  
 “Designated Senior Debt” means: (1) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities; and (2) after payment in full of all
Obligations under the Credit Facilities, any other Senior Debt permitted under this Indenture the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Company as “Designated Senior Debt.” 
  
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its
terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking
fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is one year after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that
would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the
terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.10. The term “Disqualified Stock” shall also
include any options, warrants or other rights that are convertible into Disqualified Stock or that are redeemable at the option of the holder, or required to be redeemed, prior to the date that is one year after the date on which the Notes mature.

  
 “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia. 
  
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt
security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
  
 “Euroclear” means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels Office, as operator of the Euroclear System. 
  
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission
thereunder. 
  

 5 

 “Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance
with Section 2.07(f) hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Offer
Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Existing Indebtedness” means the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness
under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date hereof, until such amounts are repaid. 
  
 “fair market value” means the price that would be paid in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no
compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive if evidenced by a Board Resolution. 
  
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (1) the consolidated
interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, the interest component of any deferred payment
obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or
bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations; provided that any amount with respect to the non-cash amortization or write-off of deferred financing costs shall be
excluded from consolidated interest expense; plus (2) the consolidated interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus (3) the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued
and whether or not in cash, on any series of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than
Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of
such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such
Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness or issues, repurchases or
redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made
(the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase
or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period. In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: (1)
acquisitions and dispositions of business entities or property and assets constituting a division or line of business of any Person that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or
consolidations and including any related financing transactions, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date shall be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the
first day of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act; (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to
discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded; (3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations
giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; and (4) consolidated interest expense attributable to interest on any Indebtedness (whether existing or
being incurred) computed on a pro forma basis and bearing a floating interest rate shall be computed as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date (taking into account any interest rate option, swap, cap or similar agreement applicable to
such Indebtedness if such agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months or, if shorter, at least equal to the remaining term of such Indebtedness) had been the applicable rate for the entire period. 
  

 6 

 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and
pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the opinions and pronouncements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and in the statements and pronouncements of the Financial
Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the Issue Date. 
  
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section
2.07(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
  
 “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, as appropriate, issued in
accordance with Section 2.01 of this Indenture. 
  
 “Guarantee” means a guarantee, other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of
assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness. 
  
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under: (i) interest rate swap
agreements, interest rate cap agreements, interest rate collar agreements and other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates; and (ii) foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements and
other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. 
  
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 
  
 “incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur,
create, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness; provided that (i) any Indebtedness of a Person
existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue
discount nor the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness (to the extent provided for when the Indebtedness on which such interest is paid was originally issued) shall be considered an incurrence of Indebtedness. 
  
 “Indebtedness” means, without duplication, with respect to
any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of: (i) borrowed money; (ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect
thereof), but excluding obligations with respect to letters of credit (including trade letters of credit) securing obligations described in clause (v) below entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of
credit are not drawn upon or, if drawn upon, to the extent such drawing is reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement; (iii) banker’s acceptances; (iv) Capital Lease
Obligations and Attributable Debt; (v) the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or
the completion of such services, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; (vi) Hedging Obligations, other than Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of protecting the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates, and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in
interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder; or (vii) Disqualified Stock valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued
dividends. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes (x) all 
  

 7 

 Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is
assumed by the specified Person), provided that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness, and (y) to the extent not
otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any indebtedness of any other Person. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be
calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or
measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock, such fair market shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Stock. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be
the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, and shall be: (i) the
accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and (ii) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness;
provided that the obligation to repay money borrowed and set aside at the time of the incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to pre-fund the payment of the interest on such Indebtedness shall be deemed not to be “Indebtedness” so
long as such money is held to secure the payment of such interest. 
  
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof. 
  
 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
  
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution
that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 
  
 “Initial Purchasers” means Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC, BNP Paribas Securities Corp. and Harris Nesbitt
Corp. 
  
 “Investments” means, with respect to
any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans or other extensions of credit (including Guarantees or other arrangements, but excluding advances to customers or suppliers
in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising
in the ordinary course of business), advances (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made consistent with past practices), capital contributions (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or
any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments
on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after
giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the
Investment in such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.10. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an
Investment in a third Person shall be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an
amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.10. 
  
 “Issue Date” means the date hereof, which is the date on which the Notes are originally issued under this Indenture. 
  

 8 

 “Letter of Transmittal” means the Letter of Transmittal to be prepared by the Company
and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Registered Exchange Offer. 
  
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of
such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security
interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. 
  
 “Maturity Date” means June 15, 2014. 
  
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and
before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends. 
  
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other
disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation
expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and amounts required to be applied to the repayment
of Indebtedness, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “9 3/4% Notes” means the Company’s 9 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2009 issued pursuant to an indenture dated as of June 1, 1999 among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto
and Wachovia Bank, National Association (formerly First Union National Bank), as trustee. 
  
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 
  
 “Notes” means the 8 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of the
Company issued on the date hereof. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall include the Notes initially issued on the Issue Date, any Exchange Notes to be issued and exchanged for any Notes pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement and this Indenture and any other Notes issued after the Issue Date under this Indenture. For purposes of this Indenture, all Notes shall vote together as one series of Notes under this Indenture. 
  
 “Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a
Global Note (as appointed by the Depositary), or any successor person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 
  
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable
under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
  
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer of such Person. 
  
 “Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any
Person, a certificate signed by two Officers, one of which must be the principal executive, principal financial or principal accounting officer of such Person, that satisfies the requirements set forth in Sections 13.04 and 13.05 of this Indenture.

  
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion
from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, satisfying the requirements of Sections 13.04 and 13.05, as they relate to an Opinion of Counsel. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company (or any Subsidiary
Guarantor, if applicable). 
  

 9 

 “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person
who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 
  
 “Permitted Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date
of this Indenture and other businesses reasonably similar, related or ancillary thereto or constituting a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof. 
  
 “Permitted Investments” means: (1) any Investment in the Company or in a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company that is a Subsidiary Guarantor; (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment: (a) such Person becomes a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Subsidiary Guarantor; or (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Subsidiary Guarantor; (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.11; (5)
Investments acquired solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; (6) Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of protecting the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries against
fluctuations in interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates, and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates or foreign
currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder; (7) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) since the date of this Indenture, not to exceed $5.0 million; (8) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received
pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers; (9) stock, obligations or securities received in satisfaction of judgments; (10) loans and advances to employees
and officers of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business for bona fide business purposes in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2.0 million at any one time outstanding; (11) any Investment by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Securitization Entity or any Investment by a Securitization Entity in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided that any Investment in a Securitization
Entity is in the form of a Purchase Money Note or an equity interest; and (12) Investments in Permitted Businesses made by the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Subsidiary Guarantor having an aggregate fair
market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) after the Issue Date, not to exceed $8.0 million (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect
to subsequent changes in value). 
  
 “Permitted Junior
Securities” means: (1) Equity Interests in the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other business entity provided for by a plan of reorganization; or (2) debt securities of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other
business entity provided for by a plan of reorganization, in each case, that are subordinated to all Senior Debt and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes
and the Subsidiary Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt under this Indenture. 
  
 “Permitted Liens” means: (1) Liens on the assets of the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor securing Senior Debt that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; (2) Liens securing
the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees; (3) Liens in favor of the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on assets of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (4) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such
Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets
other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary; (5) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided
that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any property other than the property so acquired by the Company or the 
  

 10 

 Restricted Subsidiary; (6) Liens existing on the date of this Indenture; (7) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness which is incurred to refinance any Indebtedness which has been secured by a Lien permitted under this Indenture and which has been incurred in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that such Liens: (a) are no
less favorable to the Holders and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being refinanced; and (b) do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced; (8) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that do not exceed $1.0 million at
any one time outstanding; (9) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Indebtedness) permitted by clause (4) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 covering only the assets acquired with such
Indebtedness; (10) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims either: (a) not delinquent; or (b) contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have set
aside on its books such reserves as may be required pursuant to GAAP; (11) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen and repairmen and other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary
course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof; (12) Liens incurred or deposits made in
the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, including any lien securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practice in connection therewith, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money-bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of
obligations for the payment of borrowed money); (13) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such
judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired; (14) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar charges or encumbrances in respect of real
property not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (15) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such
Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment, or storage of such inventory or other goods; (16) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with
respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; (17) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory,
contractual, or warranty requirements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including rights of offset and set-off; (18) Liens securing Indebtedness that constitute Hedging Obligations; (19) Liens in favor of customs and revenue
authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods; and (20) Liens on assets transferred to a Securitization Entity or on assets of a Securitization Entity, in either case incurred
in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction. 
  
 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or
refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that: (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does
not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest thereon and the amount of any reasonably determined premium necessary
to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith); (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity
equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; (3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the
documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; (4) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is pari passu in right of payment to the
Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing 
  

 11 

 Indebtedness is pari passu or subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; and (5) such Indebtedness is incurred
either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded. 
  
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company,
trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
  
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

  
 “Public Equity Offering” means an offer and
sale of common stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise
relating to equity securities issuable under any employee benefit plan of the Company). 
  
 “Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase
price, or the cost of construction or improvement, of property or equipment. 
  
 “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Securitization Entity evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in connection with a
Qualified Securitization Transaction to a Securitization Entity, which note shall be repaid from cash available to the Securitization Entity, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors
in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables. 
  
 “QIB” means a qualified institutional buyer as that term is defined in Rule 144A. 
  
 “Qualified Securitization Transaction” means any transaction
or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Entity (in the case of a transfer by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Entity), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts
receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets (including contract rights) which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions
involving accounts receivable. 
  
 “Registered Exchange
Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated June 15, 2004 among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, or any other Registration Rights
Agreement executed in connection with the issuance of Notes after the Issue Date, as the case may be. 
  
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a global note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the
Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that shall be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold
in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
  
 “Representative” means the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative in respect of any Senior Debt; provided that if, and for so long as, any such Indebtedness lacks such representative, then the
Representative for such Senior Debt shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness in respect of any Senior Debt. 
  

 12 

 “Replacement Assets” means (1) non-current tangible assets that will be used or useful
in a Permitted Business or (2) substantially all the assets of a Permitted Business or a majority of the Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business that will become on the date of acquisition thereof a Restricted Subsidiary.

  
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a
Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
  
 “Restricted Period” means the 40-day restricted period as
defined in Regulation S. 
  
 “Restricted
Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities
Act. 
  
 “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated
under the Securities Act. 
  
 “sale and leaseback
transaction” means, with respect to any Person, any transaction involving any of the assets or properties of such Person whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby such Person sells or transfers such assets or properties and then or
thereafter leases such assets or properties or any part thereof. 
  
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 
  
 “Securitization Entity” means a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable and which is
designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Securitization Entity: (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of which: (i) is guaranteed by the Company or any Subsidiary of
the Company (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings); (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in any way
other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant
to Standard Securitization Undertakings; (b) with which neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary
than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing receivables of such entity; and (c) to which neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the
Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the
foregoing conditions. 
  

 13 

 “Senior Debt” means: (1) all Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor
outstanding under the Credit Facilities or any Guarantee thereof and all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto; (2) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture,
unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee; and (3) all other Obligations with respect to the items
listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2). 
  
 Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the preceding paragraph, Senior Debt will not include: (1) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor; (2) any Indebtedness of the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor to any Subsidiaries or other Affiliates of the Company; (3) any trade payables; (4) the portion of any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this Indenture; (5) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor
that, when incurred, was without recourse to the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor; (6) any repurchase, redemption or other obligation in respect of Disqualified Stock or any rights with respect thereto; or (7) any Indebtedness owed to any
employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. 
  
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the registration statement filed by the Company in connection with the offer and sale of Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would
constitute a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Article 1 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act. 
  
 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company which are reasonably customary in accounts receivable transactions. 
  
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the
original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
  
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:
(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or
trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing
general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). 
  
 “Subsidiary Guarantee” means the Guarantee by any Subsidiary
Guarantor of the Company’s payment obligations under the Notes on a senior subordinated basis. 
  
 “Subsidiary Guarantors” means: (1) each of Cadmus International Holdings, Inc., Cadmus Journal Services, Inc., Cadmus Marketing Group,
Inc., Cadmus Printing Group, Inc., Mack Printing Company, Port City Press, Inc., Science Craftsman Incorporated, Washburn Graphics, Inc., Cadmus Investments, LLC and CDMS Management, LLC; and (2) any other Restricted Subsidiary that executes a
Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; and their respective successors and assigns until released from their obligations under their Guarantees and this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
  
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code
Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date hereof, except as provided in Section 9.03. 
  
 “Trust Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant
treasurer, trust officer or 
  

 14 

 any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the
time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of
this Indenture. 
  
 “Trustee” means the party
named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor. 
  
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to
bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Unrestricted
Global Note” means a permanent Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and
that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors
as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution in compliance with Section 4.17 hereof and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary. 
  
 “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which
its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit
obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case under clauses (i) or (ii) are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof. 
  

“U.S. Legal Tender” means such coin or currency of the United States as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment
of public and private debts. 
  
 “U.S. Person”
means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
  
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to
any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal,
including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such
Indebtedness. 
  
 “Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary” of any specified Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or Investments by foreign nationals
mandated by applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person. 
  

 15 

 Section 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term

	  	Defined in Section

	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.14
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	4.11
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Bankruptcy Law”
	  	6.01
	 “Change of Control Offer “
	  	4.16
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.16
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.16
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Custodian”
	  	6.01
	 “DTC”
	  	2.04
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.11
	 “Funding Guarantor”
	  	11.03
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Legal Holiday”
	  	13.07
	 “nonpayment default”
	  	10.03
	 “Note Register”
	  	2.04
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.04
	 “Payment Blockage Notice”
	  	10.03
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.09
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.04
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.10
	 “Subsidiary nonpayment default”
	  	12.03
	 “Subsidiary Payment Blockage Notice”
	  	12.03

  
 Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms, if used in this Indenture, have the following
meanings: 
  
 “Commission” means the Commission.

  
 “indenture securities” means the Notes
and the Subsidiary Guarantees. 
  
 “indenture security
holder” means a Holder. 
  
 “indenture to be
qualified” means this Indenture. 
  
 “indenture
trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 
  
 “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and any other obligor on the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees. 
  
 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meanings assigned to them therein. 
  
 Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. 
  
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
  
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
  
 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (3) “or” is not exclusive; 
  
 (4) words in the singular include the plural, and words in
the plural include the singular; 
  

 16 

 (5) any gender used in this Indenture shall be deemed to include the neuter, masculine or
feminine genders; 
  
 (6) provisions apply to
successive events and transactions; and 
  
 (7)
“herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other Subdivision. 
  
 ARTICLE TWO 
  
 THE NOTES 
  
 Section 2.01. Form and Dating. 
  
 The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, the terms of which are
incorporated in and made a part of this Indenture. To the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provision of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall control. The Notes may have such notations, legends or
endorsements approved as to form by the Company and required, as applicable, by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company is subject and/or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable
only in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A are part of the terms of this Indenture. 
  
 (a) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend
thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and
without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges
and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee in accordance with instructions given by the
Holder thereof as required by Section 2.07 hereof. 
  
 (b)
Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of
Clearstream” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 
  
 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication.

  
 Two Officers of the Company shall sign the Notes for the
Company, by manual or facsimile signature. 
  
 If an Officer of
the Company whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time such Note is authenticated such Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
  
 A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee. The signature of the Trustee shall be conclusive
evidence that a Note has been authenticated in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee, upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company (an “Authentication Order”), shall authenticate and deliver Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal
amount 
  

 17 

 specified in such order. Such Authentication Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date
on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. 
  
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the
terms of such appointment, any such authenticating agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such authenticating agent of the
Trustee. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. 
  
 Section 2.03. [Reserved]. 
  
 Section 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. 
  
 The Company shall maintain (i) an office or agency where the Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for
exchange (including any co-registrar, the “Registrar”); and (ii) an office or agency where the Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Holders of Notes and of
the transfer and exchange of such Notes (the “Note Register”). The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” shall include any such additional paying
agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without prior notice to any Holder of a Note. The Company shall notify the Trustee and the Trustee shall, at the Company’s expense, notify the Holders of the Notes of the
name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar. The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency
agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. Any such agency agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the
foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such, as appropriate, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.07. 
  
 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
  
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as (i) Registrar and Paying
Agent, (ii) Note Custodian with respect to the Global Notes and (iii) agent for service of notices and demands in connection with the Notes. 
  
 Section 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
  
 On or prior to each due date of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on any Note, the Company shall deposit with
the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and interest when so becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the
benefit of the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Company in making any such payment.
While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the
Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee and accounting for any funds disbursed, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or one of its wholly owned Subsidiaries) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. If the
Company or one of its wholly owned Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes all money held by it as Paying Agent. 
  
 Section 2.06. Lists of Holders of Notes. 

 
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall 
  

 18 

 furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee at least ten Business Days before each interest payment date and at such
other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes, including the aggregate principal amount of Notes held by each such
Holder of Notes. 
  
 Section 2.07. Transfer
and Exchange. 
  
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global
Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to
a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. Global Notes shall be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if: 
  
 (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that
it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; or 
  
 (ii) requested by a Holder of beneficial interest in the
Global Notes. 
  
 Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (i) or
(ii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.11 hereof. Except as otherwise provided
above in this Section 2.07(a), every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.07 or Section 2.08 or 2.11 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the
form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.07(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.07(b),
(c) or (f) hereof. 
  
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial
Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial
interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require
compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
  
 (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred
to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note
may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in
this Section 2.07(b)(i). 
  
 (ii) All Other
Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.07(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to
the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in
another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with
such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the
beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding 
  

 19 

 the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange
referred to in (1) above. Upon consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.07(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.07(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of
the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global
Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Notes pursuant to Section 2.07(h) hereof. 
  
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted
Global Note to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer
complies with the requirements of Section 2.07(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and 
  
 (B) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 
  
 (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in the Unrestricted Global
Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.07(b)(ii) above and: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement
and the Holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating
in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a
Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such
beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

  

 20 

 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the
Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and
in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company
shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of
beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 
  
 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
  
 (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

  
 (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted
Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person
who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted
Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 
  
 (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule
904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) and (C) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item
(3)(d) thereof, if applicable; or 
  
 (E) if such
beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof, 
  
 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable
Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.07(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal
amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.07(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of
such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.
Any Definitive 
  

 21 

 Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section
2.07(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
  
 (ii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal
that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) such
transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive
Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such
beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this
subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and
that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 (iii) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any
Holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then,
upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.07(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.07(h) hereof, and the Company shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section
2.07(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or
Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(iii) shall not bear
the Private Placement Legend. 
  

 22 

 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 
  
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests
in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof
in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note,
a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 
  
 (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate
to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or 
  
 (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or
Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A)
above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note. 
  
 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a
Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or
transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of
Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

  

 23 

 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the
Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and
in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.07(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes
and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
  
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive
Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon
receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
  
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a
beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
  
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes.
Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.07(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or
exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney,
duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.07(e). 
  
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive
Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transfer is being made to a QIB in accordance
with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (B) if the transfer is being made to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule
903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (C) if the transfer is being made to an Institutional Accredited Investor pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; and 
  
 (D) if the transfer is being made to the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item 3(b) thereof. 
  

 24 

 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted
Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a
broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) any such
transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the
Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. 
  
 (iii) Unrestricted
Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register
such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
  
 (f) Registered Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the
Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the
beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes
and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the Registered Exchange Offer, or (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the
Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Registered Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced
accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Restricted Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount. Any
Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture. 
  

 25 

 (g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive
Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 (i) Private Placement Legend. Except as permitted below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in
exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
  
 “THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED
STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER
OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE
BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT: 
  
 (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE OFFERED,
RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY 
  
 (i) (a) FOR
SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO A PERSON THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) TO AN
INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”)) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING
CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $100,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH
TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS). 
  
 (ii) TO THE ISSUER, OR 
  
 (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION; AND 
  
 (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS
SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE. 
  

 26 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(ii),
(c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.07 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear
a legend in substantially the following form: 
  
 “THIS
GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE
TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR
CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
  
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND
ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
  
 (h)
Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and
not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or
transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an
endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to
reflect such increase. 
  
 (i) General Provisions Relating to
Transfers and Exchanges. 
  
 (i) To permit
registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Company’s order or at the Registrar’s request. 
  
 (ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a
beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in
connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.11, 4.16 and 9.05 hereof). 
  

 27 

 (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any
Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  
 (iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall
be the valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

  
 (v) The Company or Registrar, as applicable,
shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the
close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or
to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
  
 (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat
the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be
affected by notice to the contrary. 
  
 (vii) The
Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 
  
 (viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.07 to
effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile with the original to follow by first class mail. 
  
 (j) No Obligation of the Trustee. 
  
 (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner in a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the
Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant,
member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and
all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of the Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in the
Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to
its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
  
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any
Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in the Global Note) other than to make any required delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by,
and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
  

 28 

 Section 2.08. Replacement Notes. 
  
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Company and the
Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Company’s and the
Trustee’s reasonable requirements for the replacements of Notes are met. An indemnity bond shall be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent or any
authenticating agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses (including fees and expenses of the Trustee) in replacing a Note. 
  
 Every replacement Note shall be an obligation of the Company and shall be
entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
  
 Section 2.09. Outstanding Notes; Treasury Notes. 
  
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee, except for those canceled by it, those
delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company, a Subsidiary Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company
holds such Note. 
  
 In determining whether the Holders of the
required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Company shall be considered as though they are not outstanding, except that for the
purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. 
  
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, it shall cease to be
outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that such replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08.

  
 If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in
accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the
Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders of Notes on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) shall cease to be outstanding and interest thereon shall
cease to accrue. 
  
 Section 2.10. Temporary
Notes. 
  
 Until certificates in definitive form for the
Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate certificates in temporary form for the Notes. Certificates in temporary form for the Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificates in definitive form
for the Notes but may have such variations as the Company and the Trustee consider appropriate for certificates in temporary form for the Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate certificates in
definitive form for the Notes in exchange for certificates in temporary form for the Notes. Until such exchange, certificates in temporary form for the Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as certificates in definitive
form for the Notes. 
  
 Section 2.11.
Cancellation. 
  
 The Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor
at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel
all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation, and shall dispose of such canceled Notes in its customary manner. 
  

 29 

 Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest. 
  
 If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Company
shall pay such defaulted interest in any lawful manner. The Company may pay such defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders of the Notes on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be at the earliest practicable date but in all
events at least five Business Days prior to the payment date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date, and, at least 15 days prior to the special record
date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder of a Note a notice that states such special record date, such related payment date and the amount of any such defaulted interest to be paid to Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 2.13. CUSIP Number. 
  
 The Company in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” number, and, if
the Company shall do so, the Trustee shall use such CUSIP number in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness
or accuracy of the CUSIP number printed in such notice or on the Notes and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in a CUSIP number.

  
 Section 2.14. Persons Deemed Owners.

  
 The Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trustee, any
Paying Agent and any authenticating agent may treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Note and for all other
purposes. None of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or any authenticating agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. 
  
 Section 2.15. Issuance of Additional Notes. 
  
 The Company may, subject to Article Four of this Indenture and applicable
law, issue additional Notes under this Indenture. The Notes issued on the Issue Date and any additional Notes subsequently issued shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. 
  
 ARTICLE THREE 
  
 REDEMPTION 
  
 Section 3.01. Notice to Trustee. 
  
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of paragraph 7 of the Notes, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at
least 45 days before the redemption date (unless a shorter period shall be acceptable to the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the redemption date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the redemption price.

  
 Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be
Redeemed. 
  
 If less than all of the Notes are to be
redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in multiples of $1,000 pro rata, by lot or by any other method that the Trustee considers fair and appropriate; provided that if the Notes are listed on any securities exchange, that
such method complies with the requirements of such exchange. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date. The Trustee may select
for redemption portions of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $1,000. Notes and portions of 
  

 30 

 them it selects shall be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to
Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes selected for redemption. 
  
 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 
  
 (a) At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by
first-class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address. 
  
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 
  
 (1) the redemption date; 
  
 (2) the redemption price; 
  
 (3) the aggregate principal amount of Notes being redeemed; 
  
 (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
  
 (5) if applicable, that Notes called for redemption must be
surrendered to the Paying Agent at the address specified in such notice to collect the redemption price; 
  
 (6) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price or accrued interest, interest on Notes called for redemption
ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date and the only remaining right of the Holders is to receive payment of the redemption price and accrued interest upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes; 
  
 (7) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of
the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued; 
  
 (8) the paragraph of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes
called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
  
 (9) the CUSIP number of the Notes. 
  
 (b) At the
Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption required in Section 3.03(a) in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, at
least 45 days prior to the redemption date (unless a shorter period shall be acceptable to the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as
provided in Section 3.03(a). 
  
 Section 3.04.
Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
  
 Once notice of
redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price, plus
accrued interest to the redemption date. 
  
 Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. 
  
 Prior to the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent funds available not later than 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the redemption date sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, the Notes to be
redeemed on that date. The Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money so deposited which is not required for that purpose upon the written request of the Company, except with respect to monies owed as obligations to the Trustee
pursuant to Article Seven. 
  

 31 

 If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon redemption because of the failure of the
Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest will continue to be payable on the unpaid principal and premium, if any, including from the redemption date until such principal and premium, if any, is paid, and, to the extent lawful, on any
interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
  
 Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. 
  
 Upon surrender of a Note that is to be redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder, at the expense of the
Company, a new Note equal in aggregate amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
  
 ARTICLE FOUR 
  
 COVENANTS 
  
 Section 4.01. Payment
of Notes. 
  
 The Company shall pay the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee or Paying Agent holds (or
segregates if the Company is the Paying Agent), as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time, on that date money deposited by the Company designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. Reference in this Indenture and
the Notes to “interest” with respect to the Notes shall include any additional interest that accrues on the Notes as a result of the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, which additional interest on the Notes shall be due and
payable as provided by the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 The
Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal, and premium, if any, at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful; and it shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months. 
  
 Section 4.02.
Commission Reports. 
  
 (a) Whether or not required by the
Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations: 
  
 (1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with
the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information
only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and 
  
 (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such
reports. 
  

 32 

 In addition, whether or not required by the Commission, the Company shall file a copy of all of the
information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and
make such information available to prospective investors upon request. In addition, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall furnish to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon their request,
the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
  
 (b) If the Company has designated any of its Significant Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a reasonably
detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results
of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 
  
 (c) Delivery of such reports, information, and documents to the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.02 is
for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any
of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 
  
 Section 4.03. Compliance Certificates. 
  

(a) The Company (and each Subsidiary Guarantor to the extent that such Subsidiary Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee,
within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries (or such Subsidiary Guarantor and its Subsidiaries) during the preceding fiscal year has been
made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company (or such Subsidiary Guarantor) has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such
Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge, the Company (or such Subsidiary Guarantor) has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or
observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the
Company (or such Subsidiary Guarantor) is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or
interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company (or such Subsidiary Guarantor) is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
  
 So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.02 shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public accountants (who shall be a firm of established
national reputation) that in making the examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5
hereof or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such
violation. 
  
 (b) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes
are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to
take with respect thereto. 
  

 33 

 Section 4.04. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
  
 The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New
York, an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The
Company initially designates the Trustee, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee to be its agent for purposes of the preceding sentence. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of such office
or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee. 
  
 The Company may also from time to
time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in
any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission
and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
  
 Section 4.05. Corporate Existence. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of Article Five of this Indenture, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate,
partnership or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary and all rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve the corporate
existence of any Restricted Subsidiary, or any such right or franchise, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole and that the loss thereof would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder; and provided further, that the foregoing shall not
prohibit a sale, transfer or conveyance of a Restricted Subsidiary or any of its assets in compliance with the terms of this Indenture. 
  
 Section 4.06. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. 
  
 Each of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at
any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this
Indenture; and each of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so), hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay
or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
  
 Section 4.07. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. 
  
 The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay,
prior to delinquency, any material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the
Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 4.08.
Business Activities. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
  

 34 

 Section 4.09. Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred Stock. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors to issue any preferred
stock; provided, however, that if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or as a consequence of the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor may incur Indebtedness
(including Acquired Debt), if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional
Indebtedness is incurred would have been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter
period. 
  
 The first paragraph of this Section 4.09 will not
prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
  
 (1) the incurrence by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at
any one time outstanding (with letters of credit issued under the Credit Facilities being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed $100.0
million, less (i) the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to permanently repay any such Indebtedness (and, in the case of any revolving credit Indebtedness, to effect a
corresponding commitment reduction thereunder) pursuant to Section 4.11 hereof and (ii) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of Securitization Entities in Qualified Securitization Transactions at the time outstanding, to the extent that the proceeds
from such Indebtedness are not used (within five Business Days after the incurrence of such Indebtedness) to make mandatory principal payments or required permanent repayments in accordance with clause (i) above; 
  
 (2) Existing Indebtedness; 
  
 (3) the incurrence by the Company and the Subsidiary
Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued on the date hereof and the Exchange Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

  
 (4) the incurrence by the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or
improvement of property, plant or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of such assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) used in the business of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, in an aggregate principal
amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed $7.5 million at any time outstanding; 
  
 (5) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be
incurred under the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), or (8) of this paragraph; 
  
 (6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness owing to and held by the Company or
any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 
  
 (a) if the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and such Indebtedness is owned to a Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Subsidiary Guarantee,
in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor; 
  

 35 

 (b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such
Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary thereof, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6); and 
  
 (c) Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor must be evidenced by an unsubordinated promissory note; 
  
 (7) the Guarantee by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09;

  
 (8) the incurrence by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness
incurred pursuant to this clause (8), not to exceed $20.0 million; 
  
 (9) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in
the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of incurrence; 
  
 (10) the incurrence by a Securitization Entity of Indebtedness in a Qualified Securitization Transaction that is not recourse to the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings); and 
  
 (11) (i) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of
purchase price or similar obligations, or Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in any case incurred in
connection with the disposition of any business or assets, so long as the principal amount does not exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such disposition, and (ii) Indebtedness of
the Company of any its Restricted Subsidiaries represented by letters of credit for the account of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, issued in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
to provide security for workers’ compensation claims or payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar requirements in the ordinary course of business. 
  
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that any proposed Indebtedness meets the
criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (11) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09, the Company shall be permitted to classify such item of
Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Indebtedness under Credit Agreement outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture shall be deemed to have
been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt. 
  

 36 

 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be
Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09 will not be deemed to be exceeded with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies. 
  
 Section 4.10. Limitation on Restricted Payments.

  
 (A) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
  
 (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any
merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than
dividends or distributions payable (i) in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or (ii) to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); 
  
 (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection
with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than any such Equity Interests owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); 
  
 (iii) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase,
redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or 
  
 (iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and
other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), 
  

	unless,	at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 

  
 (1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and 
  
 (2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted
Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09; and 
  
 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments
permitted by clauses (2), (3), (5) and (7) of the next succeeding paragraph (B)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 
  
 (a) 50% of the cumulative Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from April 1, 2004 to the
end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such cumulative Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such
deficit), plus 
  
 (b) 100% of the
aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since the date of this Indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or
sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt
securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); plus 
  

 37 

 (c) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date of this
Indenture is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any) and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted
Investment; provided, however, that no amount shall be included under this clause (c) to the extent it is already included in Consolidated Net Income. 
  
 (B) The preceding provisions will not prohibit: 
  
 (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of
declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor or of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than
Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the preceding paragraph
(A); 
  
 (3) the defeasance, redemption,
repurchase or other acquisition of subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 
  
 (4) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company to the holders of its common Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 
  
 (5) Investments acquired as a capital contribution to, or in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent
offering of, Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such acquisition or exchange shall be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the preceding
paragraph (A); 
  
 (6) the repurchase of Capital
Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of options or warrants, or lapse of restrictions on other Equity Interest awards to employees, if such Capital Stock represents all or a portion of the exercise price or award thereof; 
  
 (7) repurchases by the Company of Equity Interests of the
Company from employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to an equity incentive plan or repurchase program approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (or the compensation committee thereof), or from the authorized
representatives of such employees upon the death or disability of such employees, in the aggregate not to exceed $1.0 million in any fiscal year; 
  
 (8) the payment of dividends on Capital Stock not to exceed $3.0 million per fiscal year; or 
  
 (9) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $20.0 million, 
  
 provided that, except in the case of clause (1),
no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing as a consequence of such actions or payments. 
  

 38 

 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the
Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued to or by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are
required to be valued by this Section 4.10 shall be determined by the Board of Directors whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal
issued by an independent accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the fair market value exceeds $10.0 million. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment (other than Restricted Payments permitted under
clauses (B)(1) through (B)(9) above), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.10 were
computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by this Indenture. 
  
 Section 4.11. Limitation on Sale of Assets. 
  
 The Company shall not and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

  
 (1) the Company (or the Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; 
  
 (2) such fair market value is determined by the
Company’s Board of Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee (it being understood that this requirement to deliver an Officers’ Certificate shall
be deemed satisfied so long as such Officers’ Certificate is delivered to the Trustee on a quarterly basis with respect to transactions occurring within the preceding three months); and 
  
 (3) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Replacement Assets or a combination of both. For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash: 
  
 (a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such
Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms pari passu or subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee
and liabilities that are owed to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary written novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from
further liability; and 
  
 (b) any securities,
notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are contemporaneously (subject to ordinary settlement periods) converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the
extent of the cash received in that conversion). 
  
 Within 360
days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company may apply such Net Proceeds at its option: 
  
 (1) to repay Senior Debt and, if the Senior Debt repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with
respect thereto; or 
  
 (2) to purchase
Replacement Assets or to make a capital expenditure in or that is used or useful in a Permitted Business. Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such
Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 
  

 39 

 Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph
will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” Within 30 days after the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, the Company will make an “Asset Sale Offer” to all Holders of Notes, and all holders of other Indebtedness that
is pari passu with the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of
Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of principal amount of the Notes purchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and
additional interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this
Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other pari passu
Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

  
 The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20
Business Days or such longer period as may be required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). On the Purchase Date (as defined below), the Company shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to the
immediately preceding paragraph above (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as
interest payments are made. 
  
 If the Purchase Date is on or
after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record
date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
  
 Within 30 days after the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, the Company shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee
and each of the Holders. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the
terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state: 
  
 (1) that the
Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.11 and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open; 
  
 (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the purchase date (which shall be no earlier than 20 Business Days nor later than 30 Business Days from the
date such notice is mailed, other than as may be required by law, the “Purchase Date”); 
  
 (3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest and additional interest, if any; 
  
 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note (or
portion thereof) accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest and additional interest, if any, after the Purchase Date; 
  

(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000
only; 
  
 (6) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased
pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer such Holder’s interest in the Note by book-entry
transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
  

 40 

 (7) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later
than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have
such Note purchased; 
  
 (8) that, if the aggregate amount of
Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.11, select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that
only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and 
  
 (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
  
 On the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful and subject to
the provisions of this Section 4.11, accept for payment on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes (or portions thereof) tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all
Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes (or portions thereof) were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.11. The Paying Agent shall promptly
(but in any case not later than three days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of Notes tendered by such Holder, as the case may be, and accepted by the Company for purchase, and
the Company shall promptly issue a new Note. The Trustee, upon written request from the Company shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount at maturity equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note
surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the respective Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date. 
  
 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the
Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sales provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale
provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict. 
  
 Section 4.12. Limitation on Liens Securing Indebtedness. 
  
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
effective any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless all payments due under this Indenture and the Notes are secured equally and ratably with
(or, in the event such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee, prior to) the Indebtedness so secured until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer secured by a Lien. 
  
 Section 4.13. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions
Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 The Company shall not,
and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
  
 (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its
Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

  

 41 

 (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

  
 (3) transfer any of its properties or assets
to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 However,
the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under, by reason of or with respect to: 
  
 (1) the Credit Agreement, Existing Indebtedness or any other agreements in effect on the date of this Indenture and any amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions,
supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those in effect on the date of this Indenture; 
  
 (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees; 
  
 (3) applicable law; 
  
 (4) any Person, or the property or assets of such Person, acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, existing at the time of such acquisition and not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person or the properties or assets of any Person, other
than the Person, or the property or assets of such Person, so acquired and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, provided that the encumbrances and
restrictions in any such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those in effect on the date of the acquisition; 

 
 (5) Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of a
Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction or the charter documents of such Securitization Entity; provided that, in any case, such restrictions apply only to such Securitization Entity; 
  
 (6) in the case of clause (3) of the first paragraph of this
Section 4.13, encumbrances or restrictions: 
  
 (a) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset, 
  
 (b) existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to
transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, or 
  
 (c) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do
not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, a Restricted Subsidiary; and 
  

 42 

 (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions contained
in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced. 
  
 Section 4.14. Limitation on Transactions with
Affiliates. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into, make, amend, renew or extend any transaction,
contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 
  
 (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant
Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; and 
  
 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee: 
  
 (a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of
related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions complies with this Section 4.14 and that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors; and 
  
 (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of
related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions from a
financial point of view issued by an independent accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing. 
  
 The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

  
 (1) transactions between or among the Company
and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (2)
payment of reasonable and customary directors fees and reasonable and customary indemnification and similar arrangements; 
  
 (3) Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 4.10; 
  
 (4) any sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 
  
 (5) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any
amendment thereto, any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) or in any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such agreement is disclosed in the Company’s Offering Memorandum dated June 9, 2004
relating to the Notes and any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; and 
  
 (6) transactions effected as part of a Qualified
Securitization Transaction. 
  

 43 

 Section 4.15. Limitation on Senior Subordinated Debt. 
  
 The Company will not incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in
right of payment to any Senior Debt of the Company unless it is pari passu or subordinate in right of payment to the Notes. No Subsidiary Guarantor will incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior
Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor unless it is pari passu or subordinate in right of payment to such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 Section 4.16. Change of Control. 
  
 (a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an
integral multiple thereof) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute
the Change of Control and stating (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.16 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than
30 days and no later than 45 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); (3) that any Note not tendered shall continue to accrue interest; (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of
the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change
of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of
business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; (6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding
the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes
purchased; and (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal
amount or an integral multiple thereof. The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection
with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture relating to such Change of Control Offer, the Company shall
comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.16 by virtue of such compliance. 
  
 (b) By 12:00 p.m. (noon) Eastern Time on the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (1)
accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered,
and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall
promptly mail or wire transfer to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in
principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. Prior to complying with this Section 4.16, but in any
event within 60 days following a Change of Control, the Company shall either repay all outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of Notes
required by this Section 4.16. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
  

 44 

 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.16, the Company shall not be required to
make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.16 and all other provisions of
this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer, or (ii) the Company effects Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of the
Notes under Article Eight of this Indenture prior to the occurrence of such Change of Control or otherwise discharges this Indenture under Article Eight of this Indenture. 
  
 Section 4.17. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted
Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that: 
  
 (1) any Guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary being so designated will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
(or both, if applicable) at the time of such designation, and such incurrence of Indebtedness would be permitted under Section 4.09 hereof; 
  
 (2) the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary
being so designated (including any Guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness of the such Subsidiary) will be deemed to be a Restricted Investment made as of the time of such designation and that such Investment would
be permitted under Section 4.10 hereof; 
  
 (3)
the Subsidiary being so designated: 
  
 (a) is a
Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (i) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (ii) to
maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and 
  
 (b) has no Indebtedness a default with respect to which (including any right which the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action
against such Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its final stated maturity; and 
  
 (c) does not own any Capital Stock of, or hold any Liens on any property of, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and 
  
 (4) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence
following such designation. 
  
 Any designation of a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such
designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by this Indenture. 
  
 The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that: 
  
 (1) such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such 
  

 45 

 designation shall only be permitted if such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof,
calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; 
  
 (2) all outstanding Investments owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be made as of the time of such designation and
such Investments shall only be permitted if such Investments would be permitted under Section 4.10 hereof; 
  
 (3) all Liens of such Unrestricted Subsidiary existing at the time of such designation would be permitted under Section 4.12 hereof; and

  
 (4) no Default or Event of Default would be
in existence following such designation. 
  
 Section 4.18. Payments for Consent. 
  
 The
Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment
of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders of the Notes and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the
solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
  

	Section 4.19.	 Limitations on Issuances of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries; Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets by Subsidiary Guarantors; Release of Subsidiary Guarantees

  
 (A) The Company will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company, unless such Restricted Subsidiary is a Subsidiary Guarantor or simultaneously executes and delivers a
supplemental indenture providing for the Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary, which Subsidiary Guarantee shall be senior to or pari passu with such Subsidiary’s Guarantee of or pledge to secure such other
Indebtedness unless such other Indebtedness is Senior Debt, in which case the Subsidiary Guarantee of the Notes may be subordinated to the Guarantee of such Senior Debt to the same extent as the Notes are subordinated to such Senior Debt. The form
of the Subsidiary Guarantee is attached hereto as Exhibit E. 
  
 (B) A Subsidiary Guarantor shall not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person, other
than the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor, unless: 
  
 (1) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 
  
 (2) either: 
  
 (a) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or
merger is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and assumes all the obligations of that Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, its Subsidiary Guarantee and the Registration
Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee; or 
  
 (b) such sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.11 hereof, including the application of the Net Proceeds therefrom. 

 
 (C) The Subsidiary Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor will be released:

  
 (1) in connection with any sale or other
disposition of all of the capital stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.11
hereof; or 
  

 46 

 (2) if the Company properly designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary
Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.17 hereof; or 
  
 (3) in connection with the release or discharge of the Guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.19, except a discharge or release by, or
as a result of, a payment under such Guarantee. 
  
 Upon the
occurrence of any of the foregoing events described in this subsection (C) of this Section 4.19, the Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from its Subsidiary Guarantee upon receipt by the Trustee of a request by the Company accompanied by an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel certifying that all conditions specified in this Indenture for such release have been satisfied in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. Upon receipt of the items specified in the
preceding sentence, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company an appropriate instrument evidencing such release. Any Subsidiary Guarantee not so released remains liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes as provided in
Article Eleven. 
  
 ARTICLE FIVE 
  
 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION 
  
 Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of
Assets. 
  
 The Company shall not, directly or indirectly:
(1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and
its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person or Persons; unless: 
  
 (1) either: (a) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if
other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (i) is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia,
and (ii) assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
  
 (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; 

 
 (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction
on a pro forma basis, the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made: 
  
 (a) will have Consolidated Net Worth immediately after the
transaction equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately preceding the transaction; and 
  
 (b) will, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had
occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09; and 
  

 47 

 (4) each Subsidiary Guarantor, unless such Subsidiary Guarantor is the Person with which
the Company has entered into a transaction under this Section 5.01, shall have by amendment to its Subsidiary Guarantee confirmed that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall apply to the obligations of the Company or the Surviving Person in accordance with
the Notes and this Indenture. 
  
 In addition, neither the Company
nor any Restricted Subsidiary may, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. Clause (3) of this Section 5.01 shall not apply to any merger,
consolidation, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted. 
  
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all substantially
all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition
is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall
refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; and thereafter the
predecessor Company shall be relieved of all further obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE SIX 
  
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
  
 Section 6.01.
Events of Default. 
  
 Each of the following is an
“Event of Default”: 
  
 (1)
default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest (including any additional interest) on the Notes whether or not prohibited by the provisions of Article Ten of this Indenture; 
  
 (2) default in payment when due (whether at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise) of the
principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes (including the failure to repurchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer on the date specified for such payment in the applicable offer to purchase), whether or
not prohibited by the provisions of Article Ten of this Indenture; 
  
 (3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after written notice by the Trustee or Holders representing 25% or more of the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding to comply
with any of the other agreements in this Indenture; 
  
 (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a
Securitization Entity) or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default: 
  
 (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest
or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness at final maturity thereof; or 
  
 (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its final maturity, 
  

 48 

 and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of
any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a similar default aggregates $10.0 million or more; 
  
 (5) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $10.0 million, which
judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; 
  
 (6) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force
and effect or any such Subsidiary Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any such Subsidiary Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; 
  
 (7) the Company, any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken
together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
  
 (a) commences a voluntary case, 
  
 (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 
  
 (c) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its
creditors, or 
  
 (d) generally is not paying its
debts as they become due; and 
  
 (8) a court of
competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
  
 (a) is for relief against the Company, any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case; 
  
 (b) appoints a Custodian for the Company, any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the
properties of the Company, any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 
  
 (c) orders the liquidation of the Company, any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any Subsidiaries of the
Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 
  
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 
  
 The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term
“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  
 Section 6.02. Acceleration. 
  
 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clauses 7 and 8) under Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, then and in every such
case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all the Notes then outstanding to be due and
payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee, if given by Holders) specifying the respective Event of Default and upon any such 
  

 49 

 declaration such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest shall become immediately due and payable;
provided, however, that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement shall be outstanding, the acceleration shall not be effective until the earlier of (1) an acceleration of Indebtedness under the
Credit Agreement or (2) five business days after receipt by the Company and the agent under the Credit Agreement of written notice of such declaration of acceleration of the Notes. If an Event of Default specified in clauses 7 or 8 of Section 6.01
occurs, all unpaid principal of, and accrued interest on, the Notes then outstanding will become due and payable immediately, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. 
  
 If any Event of Default occurs by reason of any willful action or inaction
taken or not taken by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of
paragraph 7 of the Notes, then, upon acceleration of the Notes, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable, to the extent permitted by law, anything in this Indenture or in the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding.
If an Event of Default occurs during any time that the Notes are outstanding, by reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Notes,
then, the premium specified in this Indenture shall also become immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes. 
  

If (i) (A) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (1) all overdue installments of
interest on all the Notes, (2) the principal of, and premium, if any, on any Notes that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in the Notes, (3) to the extent
that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on the defaulted interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in the Notes, and (4) all money paid or advanced by the Trustee thereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements
and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; (B) all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of any Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in this
Indenture; provided, however, that, in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clauses 7 or 8 of Section 6.01, the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived; and (C) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of then
outstanding Notes give written notice to the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee of their desire to rescind and annul a declaration of acceleration and its consequences, then such declaration of acceleration shall be deemed rescinded
and annulled. No such rescission will affect any subsequent Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
  
 Section 6.03. Other Remedies. 
  
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, any available remedy by
proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the
proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is
exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. 
  
 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. 
  
 Subject to Sections 6.07 and 9.02, the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, including any optional redemption payments or Change of Control or Asset Sale Offer payments. 
  

 50 

 Section 6.05. Control by Majority 
  
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding will have the right, by an instrument
or concurrent instruments in writing executed and delivered to the Trustee, to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee under this Indenture or exercising any trust or power
conferred on such Trustee; provided that the Trustee (i) may refuse to follow any direction that is in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in
good faith may be prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Notes not joining in the giving of such direction and (ii) may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of Notes. In the
event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense caused by taking such action or following
such direction. 
  
 Section 6.06. Limitation on Remedies. 
  
 No Holder of any of the Notes will have any right to institute any
proceeding, judicial or otherwise, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or pursue any remedy under this Indenture, unless: 
  
 (1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default; 
  
 (2) the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the outstanding Notes have made written request to such Trustee to pursue such remedy, including, if applicable, to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee under this Indenture; 
  
 (3) such Holder or Holders have offered to such Trustee
reasonable indemnity and security satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request; 
  
 (4) such Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute such requested
proceeding; and 
  
 (5) no direction inconsistent
with such written request has been given to such Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over
other Holders. 
  
 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.

  
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the
Holder of any Notes will have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes on the Stated Maturity therefor and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such
payment, and such right may not be impaired without the consent of such Holder. 
  
 Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. 
  
 If
an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest specified in Section 6.01(l) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid with respect to the Notes, and interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent lawful, interest on overdue interest, and
such further amounts as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
  

 51 

 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
  
 (a) The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to
have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, their creditors or their property and may collect and receive any money or other property payable or deliverable
on any such claims and to distribute the same. 
  
 (b) Nothing
herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder
thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
  
 Section 6.10. Priorities. 
  
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
  

			
	First:	  	to the Trustee for amounts due under Sections 6.08 and 7.07;
		
	Second:	  	to Holders of Senior Debt to the extent required by Article Ten;
		
	Third:	  	to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable
on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and
		
	Fourth:	  	to the Company.

  
 The Trustee may fix a
record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
  
 Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. 
  
 In any
suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an
undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of
the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. The foregoing shall not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders or more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE SEVEN 
  
 TRUSTEE 
  
 Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee. 
  
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use
the same degree of care and skill in its exercise thereof as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
  
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
  
 (1) The Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and the TIA
and no others and no covenants or obligations shall be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
  

 52 

 (2) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the
truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; however, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof
are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
  
 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trustee
shall not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
  
 (1) This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
  
 (2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
  
 (3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to (i) any action it takes, suffers or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.02, 6.04 or 6.05 or (ii) any action believed by the Trustee to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture, unless, in the case of this clause (ii), it
is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts. 
  
 (d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any
action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to
it. 
  
 (e) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way
relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 7.01. 
  
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money or asset received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other
funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 Section 7.02. Rights of
Trustee. 
  
 Subject to Section 7.01: 
  
 (a) The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in
acting or refraining from acting upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
  
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may
require an Officers’ Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to the provisions of Sections 13.04 and 13.05. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such
Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed with due care. 
  

 53 

 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes, suffers or omits to take in
good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights, discretion or powers. 
  
 (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and
complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 
  
 (f) Any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein
shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution. 
  
 (g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities
which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request, order or discretion. 
  
 (h) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit. If the
Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, the Trustee shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice to the Company and in good faith, to examine the books, records and premises of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor,
personally or by agent or attorney. 
  
 (i)
Except with respect to Section 4.01, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company with respect to the covenants contained in Article Four. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of an Event of
Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

  
 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 
  
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

  
 Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
  
 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to
the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or the Notes other
than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. 
  
 Section 7.05. Notice
of Defaults. 
  
 If a Default or an Event of Default occurs
and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the Default or Event of Default within 30 days after the occurrence thereof. Except in the case of a Default or an Event of Default in payment of
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note or a Default or Event of Default in complying with Section 5.01, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that
withholding the notice is in the interest of Holders. This Section 7.05 shall be in lieu of the proviso to Section 315(b) of the TIA and such proviso to Section 315(b) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as
permitted by the 
  

 54 

 TIA. For purposes of this Section 7.05, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of a Default or an Event of
Default hereunder unless an officer of the Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture has actual knowledge thereof, or unless written notice of any event which is a Default or an Event of Default is received by the
Trustee and such notice references the Notes or this Indenture. 
  
 Section 7.06.
Reports by Trustee to Holders. 
  
 Within 60 days after
each May 15 of each year, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in TIA Section 313(a) occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that complies
with TIA Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Sections 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d). 
  
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each securities exchange, if any, on
which the Notes are listed. 
  
 The Company shall promptly notify
the Trustee if the Notes become listed on any securities exchange or of any delisting thereof. 
  
 Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 
  
 The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for its services. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited
by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services except any such
disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence or bad faith. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents, accountants, experts and
counsel and any taxes or other expenses incurred by a trust created pursuant to Article Eight. 
  
 The Company shall indemnify the Trustee and its agents, employees, attorneys-in-fact, officers, directors and shareholders for, and hold it harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense,
including taxes (other than franchise taxes imposed on the Trustee and taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee), arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder
(including its services as Registrar or Paying Agent, if so appointed by the Company), including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers
or duties hereunder, except to the extent that such loss, damage, claim, liability or expense is due to its own negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek
indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense (and may employ its own counsel) at the
Company’s expense; provided, however, that the Company’s reimbursement obligation with respect to counsel employed by the Trustee will be limited to the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. 
  
 The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability incurred by the Trustee as a result of the violation of this Indenture by the Trustee, or arising out of the
Trustee’s negligence or willful misconduct. 
  
 To secure the
Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except money or property held in trust to pay
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on particular Notes. 
  
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) occurs, such expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of 
  

 55 

 administration under any Bankruptcy Law. The Company’s obligations under this Section 7.07 and any lien arising
hereunder shall survive the resignation or removal of any Trustee, the discharge of the Company’s obligations pursuant to Article Eight and any rejection or termination under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  
 Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 
  
 The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company in writing.
The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Company’s consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 
  
 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 
  
 (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent under any Bankruptcy Law; 
  
 (c) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
  
 (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
  
 If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as
the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the
successor Trustee appointed by the Company. 
  
 A successor
Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. As promptly as practicable after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to
Section 7.07, all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.07, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights,
powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder. 
  
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the
Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  
 Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. 
  
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or
substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or banking corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or banking corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee
corporation or banking corporation is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee. 
  
 Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 
  
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee which shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Sections 310(a)(1) and 310(a)(2). The Trustee have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in
its most recent published annual report of condition. If the Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of TIA Section 310(b), the Trustee and the Company shall comply with the provisions of TIA 

 

 56 

 Section 310 (b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section
310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met. If
at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.10, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinbefore specified in this Article Seven. 
  
 Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company. 
  
 The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
  
 ARTICLE EIGHT 
  
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 
  
 Section 8.01. Satisfaction and Discharge. 
  
 This Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as expressly
provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes when: 
  
 (1) either: 
  
 (a) all the Notes
theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent in trust or segregated and held in
trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 8.05) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
  
 (b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable,
pursuant to an optional redemption notice or otherwise, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof
at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; and 
  
 (2) the Company has paid all other sums payable under this Indenture by the Company; and 
  
 (3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions
precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 
  
 Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 (a) The Company may, at its option by Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, at any time, elect to have either paragraph (b) or (c)
below be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 8.03. 
  
 (b) Upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Company and, if it so selects each of
the Subsidiary Guarantors, shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are
satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). 
  

 57 

 For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire
Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.04 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (i) and (ii) below, and to have satisfied
all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), and Holders and any amounts deposited under Section 8.03 shall
cease to be subject to any obligations to, or the rights of, any holder of Senior Debt under Article Ten or Senior Debt of a Subsidiary Guarantor under Article Eleven or Twelve, as the case may be, or otherwise, except for the following provisions,
which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
  
 (i) the rights of Holders to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such
Notes when such payments are due; 
  
 (ii) the
Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article Two and Section 4.04; 
  
 (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations in connection
therewith; and 
  
 (iv) this Article Eight.

  
 Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Company may exercise its
option under this paragraph (b) notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under paragraph (c) hereof. 
  
 (c) Upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), the Company shall, subject to the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Section 4.02, Sections 4.07 through Section 4.19 (inclusive) and clause (3) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the
outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction,
waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes
shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes) and Holders and any amounts deposited under Section 8.03 and Holders and any amounts deposited under Section 8.03 shall cease to be subject to any obligations to, or the rights of, any holder
of Senior Debt under Article Ten or Senior Debt of a Subsidiary Guarantor under Article Eleven or Twelve or otherwise. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with
and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such
covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01(3), but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes
shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, Sections 6.01(3), 6.01(4),
6.01(5) and 6.01(6) shall not constitute Events of Default. 
  

 58 

 Section 8.03. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section
8.02(b) or 8.02(c) to the outstanding Notes: 
  
 In order to
exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance: 
  
 (a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. Legal Tender, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as
shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the
case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money or the proceeds of such U.S.
Government Obligations to the payment of such principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on such Stated Maturity date or such redemption date and, with respect to any redemption date, the Company shall have provided the
Trustee with irrevocable instructions to redeem all of the Notes on such redemption date; 
  
 (b) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee confirming that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (ii) since the date hereof, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the
effect that, and based thereon, such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either (i) on the date of such deposit; or (ii) insofar as
Sections 6.01(7) and (8) hereof are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit; 
  
 (e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material
agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
  
 (f) the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, (1) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Company under applicable bankruptcy law, after the 91st day following the deposit,
the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any applicable state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar state law affecting creditors’ rights generally and (2) the creation
of the defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940; 
  
 (g) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company
with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; 
  
 (h) if the Notes are to be redeemed prior to their Stated Maturity, the Company must deliver to the Trustee irrevocable instructions to
redeem all of the Notes on the specified redemption date; and 
  
 (i) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been
complied with. 
  

 59 

 Section 8.04. Application of Trust Money. 
  
 The Trustee or Paying Agent shall hold in trust U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant
to this Article Eight, and shall apply the deposited U.S. Legal Tender and the money from U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes. The Trustee shall be under no
obligation to invest said U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations except as it may agree with the Company. 
  
 The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Legal Tender or U.S.
Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.03 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee
shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the Company’s request any U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.03 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent
public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 Section 8.05. Repayment to Company. 
  
 Subject to Section 7.07 and this Article Eight, the Trustee and the Paying
Agent shall promptly pay to the Company, or if deposited with the Trustee by any Subsidiary Guarantor, to such Subsidiary Guarantor, upon request any excess U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations held by them at any time and thereupon
shall be relieved from all liability with respect to such money. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company, or if deposited by any Subsidiary Guarantor, to such Subsidiary Guarantor, upon request any money held by them for the
payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after the date of payment of such principal and interest; provided that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any payment, may at the expense of
the Company cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in The City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein which shall be at
least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor. After payment to the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be,
Holders entitled to such money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease. 
  
 Section 8.06. Reinstatement. 
  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Legal Tender or
U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article Eight by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court of governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the
Company’s and each Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Eight until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is
permitted to apply all such U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Article Eight; payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor,
as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  

 60 

 ARTICLE NINE 
  
 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS 
  
 Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders. 
  
 The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may modify, amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any
Holder: 
  
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or
inconsistency; 
  
 (2) to provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 
  
 (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the
Company’s or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s assets pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.01 or Section 4.19(B); 
  
 (4) to make any change that would provide any additional benefit or rights to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal
rights hereunder of any such Holder; 
  
 (5) to
comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
  
 (6) to comply with Sections 4.19(A) and 4.19(C); or 
  
 (7) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee. 
  
 Upon the request of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, accompanied by
a Board Resolution of the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.06, the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to,
join with the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the execution of any supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained.
After an amendment or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of each Note affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect
therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture. 
  
 Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders. 
  
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes with the written consent (including consents obtained in connection with a
tender offer or exchange offer for Notes or a solicitation of consents in respect of Notes, provided that in each case such offer or solicitation is made to all Holders of then outstanding Notes on equal terms) of the Holders of at least a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
  
 Upon the request of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, accompanied by a Board Resolution of the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee
of evidence of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the Opinion of Counsel documents described in Section 9.06, the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, join with the Company and the Subsidiary
Guarantors in the execution of such supplemental indenture. 
  
 It
shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
  

 61 

 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may waive
compliance in a particular instance by the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes (including waivers obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes or a solicitation of consents
in respect of Notes, provided that in each case such offer or solicitation is made to all Holders of the then outstanding Notes on equal terms). However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver under this Section
9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
  
 (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
  
 (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions, or waive any payment, with respect to the
redemption of the Notes; 
  
 (3) reduce the rate
of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; 
  
 (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 
  
 (5) make any Note payable in money other than U.S. dollars; 
  
 (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights
of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes; 
  
 (7) release any Subsidiary Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture; 
  
 (8) impair
the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees; 
  
 (9) amend, change or modify the obligation of the Company to make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale in
accordance with Section 4.11 hereof or the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with Section 4.16 hereof, including, in each case, amending, changing or
modifying any definition relating thereto; 
  
 (10) except as otherwise permitted under Sections 5.01 or 4.19(B) hereof, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of any of their rights or obligations under this Indenture; 
  
 (11) amend or modify any of the provisions of this Indenture
or the related definitions affecting the subordination or ranking of the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee in any manner adverse to the holders of the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee; or 
  
 (12) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver
provisions. 
  
 The right of any Holder to participate in any
consent required or sought pursuant to any provision of this Indenture (and the obligation of the Company to obtain any such consent otherwise required from such Holder) may be subject to the requirement that such Holder shall have been the Holder
of record of any Notes with respect to which such consent is required or sought as of a date identified by the Trustee in a notice furnished to Holders in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
  

 62 

 Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Every amendment to or supplement of this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 
  
 Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. 
  
 A consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver by a Holder of a Note shall
bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, until an amendment, supplement or waiver
becomes effective, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of a Note. For such revocation to be effective, the Trustee must receive the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or
waiver becomes effective. 
  
 The Company may, but shall not be
obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment or waiver. If the Company elects to fix a record date for such purpose, the record date shall be fixed at such date as the Company may
designate. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to
consent to such amendment or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date unless
consent from the Holders of the principal amount of Notes required hereunder for such amendment or waiver to be effective also shall have been given and not revoked within such 90-day period. 
  
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind
every Holder unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (12) of Section 9.02. In that case the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or
portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note. 
  
 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
  
 If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it
to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. 
  
 Section 9.06. Trustee Protected. 
  
 The Trustee shall sign any amendment or supplement or waiver authorized
pursuant to this Article. In signing such amendment or supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Article Seven) shall be fully protected in
relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment or supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by and complies with this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which
affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
  

 63 

 ARTICLE TEN 
  
 SUBORDINATION OF NOTES 
  
 Section 10.01. Agreement to Subordinate. 
  
 The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on or any other Obligations
relating to the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article Ten, to the prior payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt of the Company (whether outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter
created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed), and that the subordination is for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt. 
  
 This Article Ten shall constitute a continuing offer to all Persons who become holders of, or continue to hold, Senior Debt, and such provisions are made
for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt, and such holders are made obligees hereunder and any one or more of them may enforce such provisions. 
  
 Section 10.02. Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy. 
  
 The holders of Senior Debt of the Company shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all Obligations due in respect of Senior Debt of the
Company (including interest after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt of the Company) before the Holders of Notes shall be entitled to receive any payment with respect to or any other
Obligations relating to the Notes or any distribution of assets or proceeds (except that Holders of Notes may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from the trust pursuant to Article Eight hereof), in the event of any
distribution to creditors of the Company in connection with: 
  
 (i) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary; 
  
 (ii) any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property, whether
voluntary or involuntary; 
  
 (iii) any
assignment for the benefit of creditors; or 
  
 (iv) any marshaling of the Company’s assets and liabilities. 
  
 The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the occurrence of any event described in clauses (i) through (iv) above. 
  
 Section 10.03. Default on Designated Senior Debt. 
  
 The Company may not make any payment in respect of the Notes or any distribution of assets or proceeds (except in respect of
Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust pursuant to Article Eight hereof) if: 
  
 (1) a payment default on Designated Senior Debt of the Company occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period; or 

 
 (2) any other default occurs and is continuing on any
series of Designated Senior Debt of the Company that permits holders of that series of Designated Senior Debt of the Company to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) of such default
from the Company, or any agent or Representative with respect to such Designated Senior Debt (a “nonpayment default”). 
  
 Payments on the Notes may and shall be resumed: 
  
 (1) in the case of a payment default on Designated Senior Debt of the Company, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived; and

  

 64 

 (2) in case of a nonpayment default, the earlier of the date on which such default is
cured or waived or 180 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received by the Trustee, unless the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt of the Company has been accelerated. 
  
 No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until: (1) 360
days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice; and (2) all scheduled payments of principal, interest and premium and additional interest, if any, on the Notes that have come due (other than as a result of any
acceleration of the Notes) have been paid in full in cash. 
  
 No
nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default shall have been cured or waived for
a period of not less than 90 consecutive days. 
  
 Section 10.04. Acceleration
of Notes. 
  
 The Company shall promptly notify holders of
its Senior Debt and any agent or Representative with respect to such Senior Debt if payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default. 
  
 Section 10.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. 
  
 If the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes receives a payment in respect of the Notes (except in respect of Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust
under Article Eight hereof) when: 
  
 (1) the
payment is prohibited by this Article Ten; and 
  
 (2) the Trustee or the Holder has actual knowledge that the payment is prohibited; 
  
 the Trustee or the Holder, as the case may be, shall hold the payment in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt of the Company and shall deliver notice thereof to the agent or Representative of the
holders of Senior Debt. Upon the proper written request of the agent or Representative of the holders of Designated Senior Debt of the Company, or, if no such Designated Senior Debt exists, the holders of Senior Debt of the Company, the Trustee or
the Holder, as the case may be, shall deliver the amounts in trust to the holders of Senior Debt of the Company or their Representative. 
  
 With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform only such obligations on the part of the Trustee as are specifically set
forth in this Article Ten, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior
Debt, and shall not be liable to any such holders if the Trustee shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to or on behalf of Holders or the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of
this Article Ten, except if such payment is made as a result of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Trustee. 
  
 Section 10.06. Notice by the Company. 
  
 The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing of any facts known to the Company that would cause a payment of any
Obligations with respect to the Notes to violate this Article Ten, but failure to give such notice shall not affect the subordination of the Notes to the Senior Debt as provided in this Article Ten. 
  

 65 

 Section 10.07. Subrogation. 
  
 After all Senior Debt is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders of Notes shall be subrogated to the
rights of holders of Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt to the extent that distributions otherwise payable to the Holders of Notes have been applied to the payment of Senior Debt. A distribution made under this Article
Ten to holders of Senior Debt that otherwise would have been made to Holders of Notes is not, as between the Company and Holders, a payment by the Company on the Notes. 
  
 Section 10.08. Relative Rights. 
  
 This Article Ten defines the relative rights of Holders of Notes and holders of Senior Debt. Nothing in this Indenture shall: 
  
 (a) impair, as between the Company and Holders of Notes, the
obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms; 
  
 (b) affect the relative rights of Holders of Notes and creditors of the Company other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior
Debt; or 
  
 (c) prevent the Trustee or any
Holder of Notes from exercising its available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the rights of holders and owners of Senior Debt to receive distributions and payments otherwise payable to Holders of Notes. 
  
 If the Company fails because of this Article Ten to pay principal of or
interest on a Note on the due date, the failure is still a Default or Event of Default. 
  
 Section 10.09. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by the Company. 
  
 No right of any holder of Senior Debt to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or any Holder or by the failure of the
Company or any Holder to comply with this Indenture. 
  
 Section 10.10.
Distribution or Notice to Representative. 
  
 Whenever a
distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative. 
  
 Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article Ten, the Trustee and the Holders of Notes shall be entitled to rely
upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction or upon any certificate of such Representative or of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making any distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes for the
purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all
other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Ten. 
  
 Section 10.11. Rights
of Trustee and Paying Agent. 
  
 Notwithstanding the
provisions of this Article Ten or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment or distribution by the Trustee, and the Trustee and
the Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes, unless the Trustee shall have received at its Corporate Trust Office at least five Business Days prior to the date of such payment written notice of facts that would cause the payment of
any Obligations with respect to the Notes to violate this Article Ten. Only the Company or a Representative may give the notice. Nothing in this Article Ten shall impair the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 or
any other section hereof. 
  

 66 

 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt with the same rights it would
have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. 
  
 Section 10.12. Authorization to Effect Subordination. 
  
 Each Holder of Notes, by the Holder’s acceptance thereof, authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Holder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this
Article Ten, and appoints the Trustee to act as such Holder’s attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to in Section
6.09 hereof at least 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim, the lenders under the Credit Facilities are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE ELEVEN 
  
 GUARANTEES 
  
 Section 11.01. Unconditional Guarantee. 
  
 Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees (such guarantee to be referred to herein as the “Subsidiary
Guarantee”) to each Holder and to the Trustee the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other amounts due and payable under this Indenture and the Notes by the Company whether at
maturity, by acceleration, redemption, repurchase or otherwise, including, without limitation, interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, to the extent lawful, all in accordance with the terms hereof and
thereof; subject, however, to the limitations set forth in this Article Eleven and Article Twelve. 
  
 Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Subsidiary Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the
same immediately. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the
same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a
legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payments, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a
proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and in this
Subsidiary Guarantee. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor, any amount paid by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Subsidiary Guarantor
agrees it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as
between each Subsidiary Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of this Subsidiary
Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such Obligations as provided in Article Six, such
obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Subsidiary Guarantor for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  

 67 

 The Subsidiary Guarantee of each Subsidiary Guarantor herein shall be, in the manner and to the extent
set forth in Article Twelve, subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment when due of the principal of, premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest and all other amounts owing on all existing and future Senior Debt of such Subsidiary
Guarantor and of the Company, as the case may be, and senior to the right of payment of principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all existing and future subordinated Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor that is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 Section 11.02. Limitation of Subsidiary Guarantor’s Liability. 
  
 Each Subsidiary Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to its Subsidiary Guarantee not
constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any federal, state or foreign law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Subsidiary
Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made
by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or pursuant to Section 11.03, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the
Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal, state or foreign law. 
  
 Section 11.03. Contribution. 
  
 In order to provide for just and equitable contribution among the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Subsidiary Guarantors agree, inter se, that in the
event any payment or distribution is made by any Subsidiary Guarantor (a “Funding Guarantor”) under the Subsidiary Guarantee, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from all other Subsidiary Guarantors in a
pro rata amount based on the Adjusted Net Assets of each Subsidiary Guarantor (including the Funding Guarantor) for all payments, damages and expenses incurred by that Funding Guarantor in discharging the Company’s obligations with
respect to the Notes or any other Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantee. “Adjusted Net Assets” of such Subsidiary Guarantor at any date shall mean the lesser of the amount by which (x) the fair
value of the property of such Subsidiary Guarantor exceeds the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed on such date),
but excluding liabilities under the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor at such date and (y) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor at such date exceeds the amount that will be required to pay the
probable liability of such Subsidiary Guarantor on its debts, including, without limitation, Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed on such date and after
giving effect to any collection from any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such Subsidiary under the Subsidiary Guarantee), excluding debt in respect of the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as
they become absolute and matured. 
  
 Section 11.04. Execution and Delivery of
Subsidiary Guarantees. 
  
 Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby
agrees that its execution and delivery of this Indenture or any supplemental indentures hereof shall evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 without the need for any further notation on the Notes. 
  
 Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee
set forth in Section 11.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation relating to such Subsidiary Guarantee. 
  
 If an Officer of a Subsidiary Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or any Supplemental indenture no longer holds
that office at the time the Trustee authenticates such Notes or at any time thereafter, such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 
  

 68 

 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due
delivery of any Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantor. 
  
 Section 11.05. Severability. 
  
 In case any provision of this Subsidiary Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that portion of such provision that is not invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall remain in effect, and the validity, legality, and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  
 Section 11.06. Execution of Guarantee. 
  
 To evidence their Guarantee to the Holders set forth in this Article Eleven, the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree to execute the Guarantee in substantially the form included in Exhibit E, which shall be endorsed on
each Security ordered to be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in this Article Eleven shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each
Note a notation of such Guarantee. Each such Guarantee shall be signed on behalf of each Subsidiary Guarantor by two officers (who shall have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions), and delivery of such Security by the Trustee,
after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of such Guarantee on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantor. Such signature upon the Guarantee may be by manual or facsimile signature of such officers and may be imprinted or
otherwise reproduced on the Guarantee, and in case any such officer who shall have signed the Guarantee shall cease to be such officer before the Note on which such Guarantee is endorsed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or
disposed of by the Company, such Note nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the Person who signed the Guarantee had not ceased to be such officer of the Subsidiary Guarantor. 
  
 ARTICLE TWELVE 
  
 SUBORDINATION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES 
  
 Section 12.01. Guarantees Subordinated to Senior Debt. 
  
 Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that any payment in respect of the Subsidiary
Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article Twelve, to the prior payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on
the date hereof or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed), and that the subordination is for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt. 
  
 This Article Twelve shall constitute a continuing offer to all Persons who become holders of, or continue to hold, Senior Debt, and such provisions are
made for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt, and such holders are made obligees hereunder and any one or more of them may enforce such provisions. 
  
 Section 12.02. Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy. 
  
 The holders of Senior Debt of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all Obligations due in respect of such
Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt of the Company) before the Holders of Notes shall be entitled to receive any payment with respect to any such
Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee or any distribution of assets or proceeds (except that Holders of Notes may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from the trust pursuant to Article Eight hereof), in the
event of any distribution to creditors of any such Subsidiary Guarantors in connection with: 
  
 (i) any liquidation or dissolution of such Subsidiary Guarantor, whether voluntary or involuntary; 
  

 69 

 (ii) any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding
relating to such Subsidiary Guarantor or its property, whether voluntary or involuntary; 
  
 (iii) any assignment for the benefit of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s creditors; or 
  
 (iv) any marshaling of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s
assets and liabilities. 
  
 The Company shall give prompt written
notice to the Trustee of the occurrence of any event described in clauses (i) through (iv) above with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor. 
  
 Section 12.03. Default on Designated Senior Debt. 
  
 No Subsidiary Guarantor may make any payment in respect of its Subsidiary Guarantee or any distribution of assets or proceeds (except in respect of
Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust pursuant to Article Eight hereof) if: 
  
 (1) a payment default on Designated Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period;
or 
  
 (2) any other default occurs and is
continuing on any series of Designated Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor that permits holders of that series of Designated Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice (a
“Subsidiary Payment Blockage Notice”) of such default from the Company, such Subsidiary Guarantor or any agent or Representative with respect to such Designated Senior Debt (a “Subsidiary nonpayment
default”). 
  
 Payments on such Subsidiary Guarantee may
be resumed: 
  
 (1) in the case of a payment
default on Designated Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived; and 
  
 (2) in case of a Subsidiary nonpayment default, the earlier of the date on which such default is cured or waived or 180 days after the
date on which the applicable Subsidiary Payment Blockage Notice is received by the Trustee, unless the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor has been accelerated. 
  
 No new Subsidiary Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until:
(1) 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Subsidiary Payment Blockage Notice; and (2) all scheduled payments of principal, interest and premium and additional interest, if any, on the Notes that have come due (other than
as a result of any acceleration of the Notes) have been paid in full in cash. 
  
 No Subsidiary nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Subsidiary Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Subsidiary Payment
Blockage Notice unless such default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days. 
  
 Section 12.04. Guarantees Unconditional 
  
 Except as otherwise provided herein, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any Guarantee is intended to or shall impair, as between the Subsidiary
Guarantors and the Holders, the Guarantees, which are absolute and unconditional, as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders and creditors of
the Subsidiary Guarantors, other than the holders of the Senior Debt, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture,
subject to the rights, if any, under this Article Twelve, of the holders of Senior Debt in respect of cash, property or securities of any Subsidiary 
  

 70 

 Guarantor received upon the exercise of any such remedy. Upon any distribution of assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor
referred to in this Article Twelve, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, and the Holders shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which any insolvency or liquidation
proceedings is pending, or a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making any distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the
holders of the Senior Debt and other indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Twelve. 
  
 Section 12.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. 
  
 If the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes receives a payment in respect of
any Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee (except in respect of Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust under Article Eight hereof) when: 
  
 (1) the payment is prohibited by this Article Twelve; and 
  
 (2) the Trustee or the Holder has actual knowledge that the payment is prohibited; 
  
 the Trustee or the Holder, as the case may be, shall hold the payment in trust for the
benefit of the holders of Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor and shall deliver notice thereof to the agent or Representative of the holders of such Senior Debt. Upon the proper written request of the agent or Representative of the holders of
Designated Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor, or, if no such Designated Senior Debt exists, the holders of Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trustee or the Holder, as the case may be, shall deliver the amounts in trust to the
holders of Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor or their Representative. 
  
 With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform only such obligations on the part of the Trustee as are specifically set forth in this Article Twelve, and no implied covenants or
obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt, and shall not be liable to any such holders if the
Trustee shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to or on behalf of Holders or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article Twelve, except if such payment
is made as a result of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Trustee. 
  
 Section 12.06. Notice by the Company. 
  
 The
Company shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing of any facts known to the Company that would cause a payment of any Obligations with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantees to violate this Article Twelve, but failure to give
such notice shall not affect the subordination of the Subsidiary Guarantees to the Senior Debt as provided in this Article Twelve. 
  
 Section 12.07. Subrogation. 
  
 After all Senior Debt of a Subsidiary Guarantor is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders of Notes shall be subrogated to the rights
of holders of such Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt to the extent that distributions otherwise payable to the Holders of Notes have been applied to the payment of such Senior Debt. A distribution made under this Article
Twelve to holders of such Senior Debt that otherwise would have been made to Holders of Notes is not, as between any Subsidiary Guarantor and the Holders, a payment by any such Subsidiary Guarantors with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantee.

  
 Section 12.08. Relative Rights. 
  
 This Article Twelve defines the relative rights of Holders of Notes and
holders of Senior Debt of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Nothing in this Indenture shall: 
  
 (a) impair, as between any Subsidiary Guarantor and Holders of Notes, the obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor, which is absolute and
unconditional, to make payments in accordance with the terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee; 
  

 71 

 (b) affect the relative rights of Holders of Notes and creditors of any Subsidiary
Guarantor other than their rights in relation to holders of such Senior Debt; or 
  
 (c) prevent the Trustee or any Holder of Notes from exercising its available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the
rights of holders and owners of such Senior Debt to receive distributions and payments otherwise payable to Holders of Notes by any such Subsidiary Guarantor. 
  

If any Subsidiary Guarantor fails because of this Article Twelve to make a payment pursuant to the terms of its Subsidiary Guarantee, the failure is
still a Default or Event of Default. 
  
 Section 12.09. Subordination May Not
Be Impaired by the Company. 
  
 No right of any holder of
Senior Debt of any Subsidiary Guarantor to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Subsidiary Guarantees shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Holder or by the failure
of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Holder to comply with this Indenture. 
  
 Section 12.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative. 
  
 Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt of the Subsidiary Guarantors, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative. 
  
 Upon any payment or distribution of assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor
referred to in this Article Twelve, the Trustee and the Holders of Notes shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction or upon any certificate of such Representative or of the liquidating trustee or
agent or other Person making any distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of such
Subsidiary Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Twelve. 
  
 Section 12.11. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. 
  
 Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article Twelve or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be
charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment or distribution by the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes, unless the Trustee shall have
received at its Corporate Trust Office at least five Business Days prior to the date of such payment written notice of facts that would cause the payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee to violate this
Article Twelve. Only the Company or a Representative may give the notice. Nothing in this Article Twelve shall impair the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 or any other section hereof. 
  
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt of
any Subsidiary Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. 
  
 Section 12.12. Authorization to Effect Subordination. 
  
 Each Holder of Notes, by the Holder’s acceptance thereof, authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Holder’s behalf to take such action as may
be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article Twelve, and appoints the Trustee to act as such Holder’s attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of
claim or proof of debt in the form required in any 
  

 72 

 proceeding referred to in Section 6.09 hereof at least 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim, the
lenders under the Credit Facilities are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE THIRTEEN 
  
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 Section
13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
  
 If any provision
of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with the duties imposed by operation of TIA Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control. 
  
 Section 13.02. Notices. 
  
 Any notice or communication shall be sufficiently given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by certified or registered mail (return receipt
requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, addressed as follows: 
  
 If to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor: 
  
 Cadmus Communications Corporation 
 1801 Bayberry Court, Suite 200 
 Richmond, VA 23226 
 Attention: Paul K. Suijk 
  
 If to the Trustee: 
  
 Wachovia Bank, National Association 
 1021 East Cary Street 
 Richmond, Virginia 23219 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration - VA 9646 
  
 The Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different
addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
  
 All
notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied;
and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
  
 Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to him by first-class mail at his address as it appears on the registration books of the
Registrar and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
  
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is
duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. If the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor mails notice or communications to Holders it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
  

 73 

 Section 13.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders. 
  
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders
with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c). 
  
 Section 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
  
 Upon any request or application by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor
to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture (except with respect to the initial issuance of the Notes), the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee, at the request of the Trustee: 

 
 (1) an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include
the statements set forth in Section 13.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, the conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 
  
 (2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of
such counsel, such conditions precedent have been complied with and such other opinions as the Trustee may reasonably require. 
  
 Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
  
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
  
 (1) a statement that each person making such certificate or
opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
  
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
  
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such person, he has made such examination or investigation as
is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 
  
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such person, such covenant or condition has been complied with. 

 
 Section 13.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
  
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or for a meeting of
Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for its functions. 
  
 Section 13.07. Legal Holidays. 
  
 If a payment
date is a not a Business Day at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 
  
 Section 13.08. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 
  
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company
or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such
obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. This waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  

 74 

 Section 13.09. Governing Law. 
  
 THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK. THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES. 
  
 Section 13.10. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
  
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt
agreement of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Subsidiary. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
  
 Section 13.11. Successors. 
  
 All agreements of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successor. All agreements of the Trustee in
this Indenture shall bind its successor. 
  
 Section 13.12. Duplicate
Originals. 
  
 The parties may sign any number of copies of
this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same instrument. 
  
 Section 13.13. Severability. 
  
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and a Holder
shall have no claim therefor against any party hereto. 
  

 75 

 SIGNATURES 
  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above. 
  

			
	CADMUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Christopher T. Schools

	 Name:
	 	Christopher T. Schools
	 Title:
	 	Vice President and Treasurer
	
	 WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL
 ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Lee B. Bedell

	 Name:
	 	Lee B. Bedell
	 Title:
	 	Vice President

  

 76 

			
	SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS
	
	 CADMUS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.,
 CADMUS JOURNAL SERVICES, INC., CADMUS
 MARKETING GROUP, INC., CADMUS
 PRINTING GROUP, INC., MACK PRINTING
 COMPANY, PORT CITY PRESS, INC., SCIENCE
 CRAFTSMAN INCORPORATED, WASHBURN
 GRAPHICS,
INC.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Christopher T. Schools

	 Name:
	 	Christopher T. Schools
	 Title:
	 	Vice President and Treasurer
	
	CADMUS INVESTMENTS, LLC
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Christopher T. Schools

	 Name:
	 	Christopher T. Schools
	 Title:
	 	President and Assistant Treasurer
	
	CDMS MANAGEMENT, LLC
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Christopher T. Schools

	 Name:
	 	Christopher T. Schools
	 Title:
	 	Treasurer

  

 77 

 EXHIBIT A 
  
 [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 
  
 CADMUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION 
  
 [Private Placement Legend] 
  
 THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED
HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT:

  
 (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD,
PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY 
  
 (i)
(a) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO A PERSON THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) TO
AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”)) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING
CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $100,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH
TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS). 
  
 (ii) TO THE ISSUER, OR 
  
 (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND,
IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION; AND 
  
 (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE
RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE. 
  
 [Global Notes
Legend] 
  
 THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE
INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS 

 HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS
HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION
2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
  
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT
FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO
SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST
HEREIN. 
  

 A-2 

 8 3/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2014 
  

			
	No.                     	 	$
[                    ]            
		
	 	 	[CUSIP No.
            ]            

  
 Cadmus Communications Corporation, a
Virginia corporation, promises to pay to                                  or
registered assigns the principal sum of [                    ] Dollars on June 15, 2014. 
  
 Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15, commencing December 15, 2004

  
 Record Dates: June 1 and December 1. 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on
the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
  

 A-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly
authorized officers. 
  

			
	CADMUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  
 Dated: June 15, 2004 

 
 Certificate of Authentication: 
  
 Wachovia Bank, National Association, 
 as Trustee, certifies that this is one of 
 the Notes referred to in the
within- 
 mentioned Indenture. 
  

			
	By:	 	  

	 	 	Authorized Signatory

  

 A-4 

 [Reverse of Note] 
  
 CADMUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION 
  
 8 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 
  
 1. Interest. Cadmus Communications Corporation, a Virginia corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8 3/8% per annum from June 15, 2004 until maturity; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as
defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, additional interest will accrue on this Note from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have been
cured at a rate of 0.5% per annum with respect to the first 90-day period following such Registration Default, increasing by an additional 0.5% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured,
up to a maximum amount of additional interest of 1.0% per annum. The Company will pay interest semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year (each an “Interest Payment Date”), or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the
next succeeding Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent Interest Payment Date on which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from June 15, 2004; provided that if there is no existing Default in
the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided
further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be December 15, 2004. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on
demand at a rate equal to the interest rate on the Notes then in effect; it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.
Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
  
 2. Method of Payment. The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the record date immediately preceding
the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after the record date and on or before the Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be payable as to
principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses
set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of
which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in
money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may pay such amounts by check payable in such money. It may mail an interest check to a Holder’s
registered address. 
  
 3. Paying Agent and Registrar.
Initially, the Trustee will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent
or Registrar. 
  
 4. Indenture. The Company issued the
Notes under an Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2004 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee. Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise defined herein. The
terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the
provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Indenture pursuant to which the Notes are issued provides that an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Notes may be issued thereunder. 
  

 82 

 5. Guarantees. The Notes are general senior subordinated unsecured obligations of the Company. The
Company’s obligation to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes is unconditionally guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis, jointly and severally, by the Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to Article Eleven of the
Indenture. Certain limitations to the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors are set forth in further detail in the Indenture. 
  
 6. Subordination. Each Holder by accepting this Note agrees, that payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on (or any other Obligations
relating to) the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in Article Ten of the Indenture, to the prior payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt of the Company (whether outstanding on the date hereof or
hereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed), and that the subordination is for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt. Each Holder by accepting this Note agrees, that any payment in respect of the Subsidiary Guarantee of each Subsidiary
Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in Article Twelve of the Indenture, to the prior payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the date hereof
or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed), and that the subordination is for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Debt. 
  
 7. Optional Redemption. Except as described below, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to June 15, 2009. At any
time on or after June 15, 2009, the Company may, at its option, redeem all or any portion of the Notes at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount of the Notes) set forth below, plus, in each case, accrued interest
thereon to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning June 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2009
	  	104.188	%
	 2010
	  	102.792	%
	 2011
	  	101.396	%
	 2012 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 Notwithstanding the
foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to June 15, 2007, the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued under the Indenture with the proceeds of one or more Public
Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 108.375%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued under the Indenture must remain outstanding after each such redemption
(excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) and (2) any such redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of the Public Equity Offering. 
  
 8. Mandatory Redemption. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund
payments with respect to the Notes. 
  
 9. Selection and Notice
of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be mailed to the Holder’s registered address at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed. If less than all Notes are to be redeemed,
the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in multiples of $1,000 pro rata, by lot or by any other method that the Trustee considers fair and appropriate; provided that if the Notes are listed on any securities exchange, that such
method complies with the requirements of such exchange. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part. On and after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption (unless the
Company shall default in the payment of the redemption price or accrued interest). 
  
 10. Repurchase upon a Change of Control. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral
multiple thereof) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer at an offer price in cash 
  

 A-6 

 equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to the date of
purchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing, among other things, the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the
date specified in such notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 45 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice. 
  
 11. Asset Sales. Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds
from an Asset Sale, the Company may apply such Net Proceeds at its option to (1) repay Senior Debt and, if the Senior Debt repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto or (2) to purchase
Replacement Assets or to make a capital expenditure in or that is used or useful in a Permitted Business. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding sentence will constitute “Excess
Proceeds.” Within 30 days after the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes or
any Subsidiary Guarantee containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu
Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be
payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other
pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal
amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
  
 12. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and
to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not transfer or exchange any Notes selected for redemption. Also, it need not transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a
notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed. 
  
 13. Persons
Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes and neither the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trustee nor any Agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
  
 14. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver. Subject to certain
exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, and any past default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes. Without the consent of any Holder, the Company may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to: cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Subsidiary Guarantor’s Obligations to the Holders of the Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of
all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s assets pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.01, or 4.19(B) of the Indenture; make any change that would provide any additional benefit or rights to the Holders or
that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any such Holder; comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; comply with Section 4.19(C) (release of
Subsidiary Guarantees) of the Indenture; or evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee. 
  
 15. Defaults and Remedies. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default related to bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company, any
Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) under the Indenture occurs 
  

 A-7 

 and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all the Notes then outstanding to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee, if
given by Holders) specifying the respective Event of Default and upon any such declaration such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest shall become immediately due and payable; provided, however, that so long as any
Obligations under any Credit Facilities shall be outstanding, the acceleration shall not be effective until the earlier of (1) an acceleration of Indebtedness under such Credit Facilities or (2) five business days after receipt by the Company and
the agent under such Credit Facilities of written notice of such declaration of acceleration of the Notes. If an Event of Default related to bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company, any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any Subsidiaries of
the Company that, taken together as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary occurs, all unpaid principal of, and accrued interest on, the Notes then outstanding will become due and payable immediately, without any declaration or other act
on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity and security satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes.
Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. 
  

16. Trustee Dealings with Company and Subsidiary Guarantors. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may
become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors or their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  
 17. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or
an authenticating agent signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  
 18. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company will cause
CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to Holders of the Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed
hereon. 
  
 19. No Recourse Against Others. A director,
officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee, under the Notes or the Indenture or for any
claim based on, in respect of or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 

 
 20. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name
of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors
Act). 
  
 This Note shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York. 
  
 The Company
will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: Cadmus Communications Corporation, 1801 Bayberry Court, Suite 200, Richmond, VA 23226, Attention: Paul K. Suijk. 
  

 85 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
  
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 (Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. no.) 
  

  
  

  
  

  
  

 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  
 and irrevocably appoint
                                       
          as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  
  
  

  
  

			
	 Your Signature:
	 	  

	 	 	     (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
  
  

			
	 Your Name:
	 	  

			
	
	Date:                     

			
		
	 Signature Guarantee:
	 	  

  

 A-9 

 FORM OF OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
  
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.11 or Section 4.16 of the Indenture, check the box:   ̈ 
  
 If you want to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.16 of the
Indenture, state the amount (in integral multiples of $1,000: 
  

					
	$                        	 	 	 	 
	  
 Date:
                    
	 	Signature:	 	  

	 	 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

  

			
	 Name:
	 	  

	 Capacity:
	 	  

	Address:	 	  

	 Telephone No.:
	 	  

			
	 Tax Identification or Social Security No.:
	 	  

	 Medallion Signature Guarantee:
	 	  

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 
  
 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE 
  
 The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange

	 	 Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of
this Global Note

	 	 Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note

	  	Principal Amount of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or increase

	  	Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or Notes
Custodian

  

 EXHIBIT B 
  
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  
 Cadmus Communications Corporation 
 1801
Bayberry Court, Suite 200 
 Richmond, VA 23226 
 Facsimile: (804)
287-5691 
 Attention: Paul K. Suijk 
  
 CUSIP:                     
  
 Re: 8 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2004 (the “Indenture”), between Cadmus
Communications Corporation, a Virginia corporation (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors and Wachovia Bank, National Association as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in
the Indenture. 
  
                                  (the “Transferor”) owns
and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount at maturity of
$                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to
                                 (the “Transferee”), as further
specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
  
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 
  
 1. G Check if Transferee will take delivery of a
beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial
interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the
meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 2. G Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at
the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was
executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed
selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the
Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the restricted period as defined in Regulation S, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than
the Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note shall be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  

 B-1 

 3. G
Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with
the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United
States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
  
 (a) G such Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or 
  
 (b) G such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; or 
  
 (c) G such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities
Act; or 
  
 (d) G such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule
144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions
applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to
the Indenture and (2) if the principal amount of Notes to be transferred is less than $100,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect
that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note shall be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 4. G Check if Transferee will take delivery of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 
  
 (a) G Check if Transfer is Pursuant
to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of
any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note shall no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 (b) G Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule
903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or
Definitive Note shall no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  

 B-2 

 (c) G Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than
Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture
and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive
Note shall not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your
benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

			
	

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  

			
	 Dated:
                    

  

 B-3 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  

	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

  
 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 
  
 (A) G a beneficial interest in the:

  
 (i) G 144A Global Note (CUSIP 127587AC7); or 
  
 (ii) G Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
U12292AC9); or 
  
 (B) G a Restricted Definitive Note. 
  

	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee shall hold: 

  
 [CHECK ONE] 
  
 (A) G a beneficial interest in the:

  
 (i) G 144A Global Note (CUSIP 127587AC7); or 
  
 (ii) G Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
U12292AC9); or 
  
 (iii) G Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP                     );
or 
  
 (B) G a Restricted Definitive Note; or 
  
 (C) G an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

  
 in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 
  

 B-4 

 EXHIBIT C 
  
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
  
 Cadmus Communications Corporation 
 1801
Bayberry Court, Suite 200 
 Richmond, VA 23226 
 Facsimile: (804)
287-5691 
 Attention: Paul K. Suijk 
  
 CUSIP:                      
  
 Re: 8 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2004 (the “Indenture”), between Cadmus
Communications Corporation, a Virginia corporation (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them
in the Indenture. 
  
                                  (the “Owner”) owns and
proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount at maturity of $                     in
such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
  
 1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or
Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. 
  
 (a) G Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies
(i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with
the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (b) G Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with
the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (c) G Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted
Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in 
  

 C-1 

 accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

  
 (d) G Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted
Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. 
  
 (a) G Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive
Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is
being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 (b) G Check if Exchange is from
Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] 
  
 G 144A Global Note, 
  
 G Regulation S Global Note 

 
 with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance
with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued shall
be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

 

			
	

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  

			
	 Dated:                     

  

 C-2 

 EXHIBIT D 
  
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
  
 ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 
  
 Cadmus Communications Corporation 
 1801 Bayberry Court, Suite 200 

Richmond, VA 23226 
 Facsimile: (804) 287-5691 
 Attention: Paul K. Suijk 
  
 CUSIP:                      
  
 Re: 8 3/8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2004 (the “Indenture”), between Cadmus Communications Corporation, a Virginia corporation (the “Company”), the
Subsidiary Guarantors and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
 In connection with our proposed purchase of
$                     aggregate principal amount at maturity of: 
  
 (a) G beneficial interest
in a Global Note, or 
  
 (b) G a Definitive Note, 
  
 we confirm that: 
  
 1. We understand that any
subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any
interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
  
 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes
and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any
interest therein, we shall do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and an Opinion of
Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the
provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note
from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 
  
 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we shall be required to furnish
to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased
by us shall bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
  

 D-1 

 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7)
of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting
are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
  
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment
discretion. 
  
 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this
letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

			
	

	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  

			
	 Dated:
                    

  

 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 
  
 GUARANTEE 
  
 For value received, each Subsidiary Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) hereby fully and unconditionally, jointly and
severally, guarantees on a senior subordinated basis (such guarantee by each Subsidiary Guarantor being referred to herein as the “Subsidiary Guarantee”) (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on the
Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and interest, if any, on the Notes, to the extent lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of
the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms set forth in Articles Eleven and Twelve of the Indenture (as defined below) and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any such other
obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. This Guarantee will become effective in accordance
with Article Eleven of the Indenture and its terms shall be evidenced therein. The validity and enforceability of any Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note. 
  
 The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor to the Holders and to the
Trustee pursuant to the Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth, and are expressly subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor, to the extent and in the manner
provided, in Article Twelve of the Indenture, and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee therein made. 
  
 Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture, dated as of June 15, 2004, among Cadmus
Communications Corporation, a Virginia corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), each of the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), as amended or
supplemented (the “Indenture”). 
  
 THIS
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE UNDERSIGNED SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR HEREBY AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE. 
  
 This Subsidiary Guarantee is subject to release upon the terms set forth in the Indenture and subordination as set forth in Article Twelve thereof. 
  
 IN WITNESS THEREOF, each of the undersigned Subsidiary Guarantors has caused this Subsidiary Guarantee to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly
authorized officer. 
  

 E-1 

			
	 CADMUS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC., CADMUS JOURNAL SERVICES, INC., CADMUS MARKETING GROUP, INC., CADMUS PRINTING
GROUP, INC.,
 MACK PRINTING COMPANY,
 PORT CITY
PRESS, INC.,
 SCIENCE CRAFTSMAN INCORPORATED, WASHBURN GRAPHICS, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 
	
	CADMUS INVESTMENTS, LLC
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 
	
	CDMS MANAGEMENT, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 

  

 E-2Registration Rights Agreement dated June 15, 2004

 Exhibit 4.10 
  
 EXECUTION COPY 
  
 Cadmus Communications Corporation 
  
 $125,000,000 
  
 8 3/8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

  
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
  
 June 15, 2004 
  
 Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC 
 One Wachovia
Center 
 301 South College Street 
 Charlotte, North Carolina
28288-0604 
  
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
  
 Cadmus Communications Corporation, a Virginia corporation (the
“Company”) and the Company’s domestic subsidiaries listed on Schedule 1 hereto (the “Guarantors”) confirm their agreement with Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC (“Wachovia”), Banc of America
Securities LLC, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., and Harris Nesbitt Corp. (together, the “Initial Purchasers”) on the terms set forth herein. 
  
 This agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement” or this “Agreement”) is being entered into in connection with a
certain purchase agreement, dated June 9, 2004, by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “Purchase Agreement”), which provides for the issuance and sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of
$125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 8 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the
“Notes”) to be unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by the Guarantors (the “Note Guarantees”). In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the
Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees. The parties hereby agree as follows: 
  
 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition
shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings: 
  
 “Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
promulgated thereunder. 
  
 “Additional Interest”
has the meaning set forth in Section 4 hereto. 

 “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified person, any other person that, directly
or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified person. For purposes of this definition, control of a person means the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management
and policies of such person whether by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 
  
 “Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  
 “Business Day” means any day excluding Saturday, Sunday or
any other day which is a legal holiday under the laws of New York, New York or is a day on which banking institutions therein located are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close. 
  
 “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

  
 “Consummate” means, with respect to a
Registered Exchange Offer, the occurrence of (a) the filing and effectiveness under the Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Registered Exchange Offer, (b) the maintenance of such
Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Registered Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 2(c)(ii) hereof, (c) the Company’s acceptance for exchange of all
Transfer Restricted Notes duly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and (d) the delivery of Exchange Notes by the Company to the registrar under the Indenture in the same aggregate principal amount as the
aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes duly tendered and not validly withdrawn by Holders thereof pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and the delivery of such Exchange Notes to such Holders. The term “Consummation”
has a meaning correlative to the foregoing. 
  
 “Exchange
Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
  
 “Exchange Notes” means debt securities of the Company, guaranteed by the Guarantors, substantially identical in all material respects to
the Notes other than issue date (except that the Additional Interest provisions and the transfer restrictions pertaining to the Notes will be modified or eliminated, as appropriate), to be issued under the Indenture in connection with the Registered
Exchange Offer. 
  
 “Exchange Offer Registration
Period” means the 180-day period following the Consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
or during which the Company has suspended the use of the Prospectus contained therein pursuant to Section 2(d); provided, however, that in the event that all resales of Exchange Notes (including, subject to the time periods set forth
herein, any resales by Participating Broker-Dealers) covered by such Exchange Offer Registration Statement have been made, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement need not thereafter remain continuously effective for such period. 
  

 2 

 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” means a registration statement of the Company
and the Guarantors on an appropriate form under the Act with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus
contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Filing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 hereto. 
  
 “Holder” means any holder from time to time of Transfer Restricted Notes or Exchange Notes (including the Initial Purchasers).

  
 “Indenture” means the indenture relating to
the Notes and the Exchange Notes, dated as of June 15, 2004, among the Company, the Guarantors and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in
accordance with the terms thereof. 
  
 “Initial
Purchasers” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  
 “Issue Date” means June 15, 2004. 
  
 “Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(d) hereto. 
  
 “Majority Holders” means the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes registered under a Registration Statement. 
  
 “Managing Underwriters” means the investment banker or
investment bankers and manager or managers that shall administer an underwritten offering under a Shelf Registration Statement. 
  
 “Notes” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  
 “Participating Broker-Dealer” means any Holder (which may include one of the Initial Purchasers) that is a
broker-dealer electing to exchange Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities for Exchange Notes. 
  
 “Private Exchange Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(g) hereof. 
  
 “Prospectus” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including a prospectus that
discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission), as amended or supplemented by any
prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements to the Prospectus. 
  
 “Purchase Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the
preamble hereto. 
  

 3 

 “Registered Exchange Offer” means the proposed offer to the Holders to issue and deliver
to such Holders, in exchange for the Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes. 
  
 “Registration Statement” means any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement that covers any of the Transfer
Restricted Notes (including the Note Guarantee) pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein,
all exhibits thereto, and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Shelf Registration” means a registration of Transfer Restricted Notes with the Commission effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof. 
  
 “Shelf Registration Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(c) hereof. 
  
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means a “shelf”
registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors filed pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof, which covers some or all of the Transfer Restricted Notes, as applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Act, or any
similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, and which may be in the format of an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement if permitted by the Commission, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including
post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 “Transfer Restricted Notes” means each Note upon original issuance thereof and at all times subsequent thereto, each Private Exchange
Note as to which Section 3(a)(iii) or Section 3(a)(iv) applies upon original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto, until in the case of any such Note or Exchange Note, as the case may be, the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which such
Note has been exchanged by a person other than a Participating Broker-Dealer for an Exchange Note (other than with respect to an Exchange Note as to which Section 3(a)(iii) or Section 3(a)(iv) apply), (ii) with respect to Exchange Notes received by
Participating Broker-Dealers in the Registered Exchange Offer, the date on which such Exchange Note has been sold by such Participating Broker-Dealer by means of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (iii) a Shelf
Registration Statement covering such Note or Exchange Note, as the case may be, has been declared effective by the Commission and such Note or Exchange Note, as the case may be, has been disposed of in accordance with such effective Shelf
Registration Statement, (iv) the date on which such Note or Exchange Note, as the case may be, can be sold without any limitations under clauses (c), (e), (f) or (h) of Rule 144 under the Act or any similar rule that may be adopted by the
Commission, (v) the date on which such Note or Exchange Note is transferred to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act or (vi) such Note or Exchange Note, as the case may be, ceases to be outstanding for purposes of the Indenture. 

 
 “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of
1939, as amended. 
  
 “Trustee” means the trustee
with respect to the Notes or Exchange Notes, as applicable, under the Indenture. 
  

 4 

 2. Registered Exchange Offer; Resales of Exchange Notes by Participating Broker-Dealers; Private
Exchange. (a) The Company and the Guarantors shall prepare and, not later than 90 days from the Issue Date (or, if such 90th day is not a Business Day, by the first Business Day thereafter), shall file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer (the date of such filing hereinafter referred
to as the “Filing Date”). The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts (i) to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Act within 180 days from the Issue Date (or,
if such 180th day is not a Business Day, by the first Business Day thereafter), and (ii) to Consummate the
Registered Exchange Offer within 210 days from the Issue Date (or, if such 210th day is not a Business Day, by the
first Business Day thereafter). 
  
 (b) The objective of such
Registered Exchange Offer is to enable each Holder electing to exchange Transfer Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes (assuming that such Holder (x) is not an “affiliate” of the Company or the Guarantors within the meaning of the Act, (y)
is not a broker-dealer that acquired the Transfer Restricted Notes in a transaction other than as a part of its market-making or other trading activities and (z) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, acquires the Exchange Notes in the ordinary
course of such Holder’s business, is not participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes and has no arrangements or intentions with any person to make a distribution of the Exchange Notes) to resell such Exchange Notes from and after
their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of a substantial proportion of the several states of the United States. Each Holder participating in the Registered
Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company and the Guarantors that at the time of the Consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer each of the items listed in subsections (x), (y) and (z) of this Section 2(b) is true. 

 
 (c) In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company and the
Guarantors shall: 
  
 (i) mail to each Holder a
copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents; 
  
 (ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for acceptance for not less than 30 Business Days (or longer if required by applicable law)
after the date notice thereof is mailed to Holders; 
  
 (iii) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the last Business Day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; 
  
 (iv) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered
Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York; and 
  
 (v) comply in all material respects with all applicable laws relating to the Registered Exchange Offer. 
  

 5 

 (d) The Company and the Guarantors may suspend the use of the Prospectus for a period not to exceed 30
days in any six-month period or an aggregate of 60 days in any twelve-month period for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of their obligations hereunder) to avoid premature public disclosure of a pending corporate transaction, including
pending acquisitions or divestitures of assets, mergers and combinations and similar events; provided that (i) the Company and the Guarantors promptly thereafter comply with the requirements of Section 5(k) hereof, if applicable; (ii)
the period during which the Registration Statement is required to be effective and usable shall be extended by the number of days during which such Registration Statement was not effective or usable pursuant to the foregoing provisions; and (iii)
the Additional Interest shall accrue on the Notes as provided in Section 4 hereof. 
  
 (e) As soon as practicable after the Consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
  
 (i) accept for exchange all the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; 
  
 (ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all of the
Notes so accepted for exchange; and 
  
 (iii)
cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder Exchange Notes equal in principal amount to the Transfer Restricted Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange. 
  
 (f) The Initial Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors acknowledge that, pursuant to interpretations by the staff of the
Commission of Section 5 of the Act, and in the absence of an applicable exemption therefrom, each Participating Broker-Dealer is required to deliver a Prospectus in connection with a sale of any Exchange Notes received by such Participating
Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Transfer Restricted Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. Accordingly, the Company and the Guarantors will
allow Participating Broker-Dealers and other persons, if any, with similar prospectus delivery requirements to use the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement during the Exchange Offer Registration Period in connection with
the resale of such Exchange Notes and shall: 
  
 (i) include the information set forth in (a) Annex A hereto on the cover of the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; (b) Annex B hereto in the forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a
section setting forth details of the Registered Exchange Offer; (c) Annex C hereto in the plan of distribution section of the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and (d) Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal
delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; and 
  
 (ii) use reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective (subject to Section 2(d)) under the Act during the Exchange Offer Registration Period for delivery of the
Prospectus included therein by 
  

 6 

 Participating Broker-Dealers in connection with sales of Exchange Notes received pursuant to the
Registered Exchange Offer, as contemplated by Section 5(h) below. 
  
 (g) In the event that any Initial Purchaser determines that it is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of Transfer Restricted Notes constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, upon
the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof and at the request of such Initial Purchaser, the Company and the Guarantors shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser, or to the party purchasing
Transfer Restricted Notes registered under the Shelf Registration Statement from such Initial Purchaser, in exchange for such Transfer Restricted Notes, a like principal amount of Exchange Notes to the extent permitted by applicable law (the
“Private Exchange Notes”). The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP number for such Private Exchange Notes as for Exchange Notes issued pursuant
to the Registered Exchange Offer. 
  
 3. Shelf
Registration. (a) If (i) the Company and the Guarantors are not permitted to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to Consummate the Registered Exchange Offer because the Registered Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law
or Commission policy, (ii) for any other reason the Registered Exchange Offer is not Consummated within 210 days (or if such 210th day is not a Business Day, by the first Business Day thereafter) of the Issue Date, (iii) an Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Notes acquired by it directly from the Company and the Guarantors, which have not been resold
on or prior to the 30th day (or if such 30th day is not a Business Day, by the first Business Day thereafter) following the Consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, (iv) any Holder notifies the
Company and the Guarantors on or prior to the 30th day (or if such 30th day is not a Business Day, by the first Business Day thereafter) following the Consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer that (A) such Holder is not
eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer, due to applicable law or Commission policy, (B) the Exchange Notes such Holder would receive would not be freely tradable, (C) such Holder is a Participating Broker-Dealer that cannot
publicly resell the Exchange Notes that it acquires in the Registered Exchange Offer without delivering a Prospectus and the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for resales following the
completion of the Registered Exchange Offer, or (D) the Holder is a broker-dealer and owns Notes it has not exchanged and that it acquired directly from the Company, one of its Affiliates or the Guarantors, or (v) in the case where an Initial
Purchaser participates in the Registered Exchange Offer or acquires Private Exchange Notes pursuant to Section 2(g) hereof, an Initial Purchaser does not receive freely tradable Exchange Notes in exchange for Notes constituting any portion of an
unsold allotment and such Initial Purchaser notifies the Company and the Guarantors on or prior to the 30th day
following the Consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (it being understood that, for purposes of this Section 3, (x) the requirement that the Initial Purchasers deliver a Prospectus containing the information required by Items 507 and/or 508
of Regulation S-K under the Act in connection with sales of Exchange Notes acquired in exchange for such Transfer Restricted Notes shall result in such Exchange Notes being not “freely tradable” and (y) the requirement that a Participating
Broker-Dealer deliver a Prospectus in connection with sales of Exchange Notes acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Transfer Restricted Notes acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities shall
result in such Exchange Notes being not “freely tradable”), the following provisions shall apply: 
  
 (b) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the Commission a Shelf Registration Statement prior to
the 45th day (or if such 45th day is not a Business Day, by the first Business Day thereafter) following the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which the Company and the Guarantors determine that they are not permitted to file
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to Consummate the Exchange Offer; (ii) 45 days (or if such 45th day is
not a Business Day, by the first Business Day thereafter) after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has been declared effective if the Registered Exchange Offer has not been Consummated by such date and (iii) the date notice is given pursuant
to Section (a)(iii), (iv) or (v) above (or if either such 30th day is not a Business Day, by the first Business Day
thereafter), and shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission within 60 days after such filing (or if such 60th day is not a Business Day, by the first Business Day thereafter). With respect to Exchange Notes received by any Initial Purchaser in exchange for Notes
constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, the Company and the Guarantors may, if permitted by current interpretations by the Commission’s staff, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the
information required by Regulation S-K Items 507 and/or 508, as applicable, in satisfaction of their obligations under this paragraph (b) with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to
herein as, and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement. 
  

 7 

 (c) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep such Shelf
Registration Statement continuously effective (subject to Section 3(d)) in order to permit the Prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable by Holders until the earliest of (i) such time as the Notes or Exchange Notes covered by the Shelf
Registration Statement can be sold without any limitations under clauses (c), (e), (f) and (h) of Rule 144 or similar rule adopted by the Commission, (ii) two years from the date the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective exclusive
of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement or during which the Company has suspended the use of the Prospectus contained therein pursuant to Section 3(d) and (iii)
such date as of which all the Transfer Restricted Notes have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (in any such case, such period being called the “Shelf Registration Period”). The Company and the Guarantors shall
be deemed not to have used their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Registration Period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes covered
thereby not being able to offer and sell such notes during that period, unless such action is (x) required by applicable law or (y) pursuant to Section 3(d) hereof, and, in either case, so long as the Company and the Guarantors promptly thereafter
comply with the requirements of Section 5(k) hereof, if applicable. 
  
 (d) The Company and the Guarantors may suspend the use of the Prospectus for a period not to exceed 30 days in any six-month period or an aggregate of 60 days in any twelve-month period for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of
their obligations hereunder) or to avoid premature public disclosure of a pending corporate transaction, including pending acquisitions or divestitures of assets, mergers and combinations and similar events; provided that (i) the
Company and the Guarantors promptly thereafter comply with the requirements of Section 5(k) hereof, if applicable; (ii) the period during which the Registration 
  

 8 

 Statement is required to be effective and usable shall be extended by the number of days during which such Registration
Statement was not effective or usable pursuant to the foregoing provisions; and (iii) the Additional Interest shall accrue on the Notes as provided in Section 4 hereof. 
  
 (e) No Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes may include any of its Transfer Restricted Notes in any Shelf Registration
Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company and the Guarantors in writing, within 15 days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Company and the Guarantors may reasonably request
for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes shall be entitled to Additional Interest pursuant to Section 4 hereof unless and until such
Holder shall have provided all such reasonably requested information. Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company and the Guarantors all
information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company and the Guarantors by such Holder not misleading. 
  
 4. Additional Interest. (a) The parties hereto agree that Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes will suffer damages if the Company or the Guarantors
fails to perform their obligations under Section 2 or Section 3 hereof and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages. Accordingly, in the event that (i) the applicable Registration Statement is not filed with the
Commission on or prior to the date specified herein for such filing, (ii) the applicable Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified herein for such effectiveness after such obligation
arises, (iii) if the Registered Exchange Offer is required to be Consummated hereunder, the Registered Exchange Offer has not been Consummated by the Company and the Guarantors within the time period set forth in Section 2(a) hereof, (iv) prior to
the end of the Exchange Offer Registration Period or the Shelf Registration Period, the Commission shall have issued a stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the
case may be, or proceedings have been initiated with respect to the Registration Statement under Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the Act, or (v) the Company and the Guarantors shall have initiated a suspension period pursuant to Section 2(d) or 3(d) (each
such event referred to in clauses (i) through (v), a “Registration Default”), then additional interest with respect to the Transfer Restricted Notes (“Additional Interest”) will accrue with respect to the first
90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such Registration Default in an amount equal to 0.5% per annum per $1,000 principal amount of such Notes and will increase by an additional 0.5% per annum per $1,000 principal amount of such
Notes for each subsequent 90-day period until such Registration Default has been cured, up to an aggregate maximum amount of Additional Interest of 1.0% per annum per $1,000 principal amount of Notes for all Registration Defaults. Following the cure
of a Registration Default, the accrual of Additional Interest with respect to such Registration Default will cease and upon the cure of all Registration Defaults the accrual of all Additional Interest will cease and the interest rate on the Notes
shall thereafter be the coupon rate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4(a), the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to pay Additional Interest to a Holder of Restricted Transfer Notes if such Holder failed to
comply with its obligations to make the representations set forth in the second sentence of Section 2(b) or provide the requested information pursuant to Section 3(e). 
  

 9 

 (b) The Company shall notify the Trustee and paying agent under the Indenture (or the trustee and paying
agent under such other indenture under which any Transfer Restricted Notes are issued) immediately upon the happening of each and every Registration Default. The Company and the Guarantors shall pay the Additional Interest due on the Transfer
Restricted Notes by depositing with the paying agent (which shall not be the Company or the Guarantors for these purposes) for the Transfer Restricted Notes, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders thereof, prior to 11:00 a.m. on the next interest
payment date specified in the Indenture (or such other indenture), sums sufficient to pay the Additional Interest then due. The Additional Interest due shall be payable on each interest payment date specified by the Indenture (or such other
indenture) to the record holders entitled to receive the interest payment to be made on such date. Each obligation to pay Additional Interest shall be deemed to accrue from and include the date of the applicable Registration Default to, but
excluding, the relevant interest payment date. 
  
 (c) The parties
hereto agree that the Additional Interest provided for in this Section 4 constitutes a reasonable estimate of the damages that will be suffered by Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes by reason of the happening of any Registration Default and are
intended to and shall constitute the sole remedy for damages that will be suffered by the Holders of the Transfer Restricted Notes by reason of any of the failures listed in Section 4(a). 
  
 (d) All Additional Interest which has accrued pursuant to this Section 4 and which is outstanding with respect to any
Transfer Restricted Note shall remain outstanding until paid in full (notwithstanding termination of this Agreement, Consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or cessation of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Period). 
  
 5. Registration Procedures. In connection with any Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, and, to the extent applicable, any Shelf Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply: 
  
 (a) The Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Initial Purchasers, prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of any
Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus included therein and shall reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as the Initial Purchasers
reasonably may propose. 
  
 (b) The Company and
the Guarantors shall ensure that: 
  
 (i) any
Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus contained therein and any amendment or supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Act; 
  
 (ii) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and 
  
 (iii) any Prospectus forming part of any Registration Statement, including any amendment or supplement to
such Prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in 
  

 10 

 order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading; 
  
 provided that no representation or
agreement is made hereby with respect to information with respect to the Initial Purchasers, any Underwriter or any Holder required to be included in any Registration Statement or Prospectus pursuant to the Act or provided by the Initial Purchasers,
any Holder or any Underwriter specifically for inclusion in any Registration Statement or Prospectus. 
  
 (c) (1) The Company and the Guarantors shall advise the Initial Purchasers and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders
of Transfer Restricted Notes covered thereby, and, if requested by the Initial Purchasers or any such Holder, confirm such advice in writing: 
  
 (i) when a Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any
post-effective amendment thereto has become effective; and 
  
 (ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus included therein or for additional information. 
  
 (2) The Company and the Guarantors shall advise the Initial
Purchasers and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes covered thereby, and, in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, any Participating Broker-Dealer that has provided in writing to
the Company a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, and, if requested by the Initial Purchasers or any such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, confirm such advice in writing: 
  
 (i) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; 
  
 (ii) of the receipt by the Company or the Guarantors of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the
Transfer Restricted Notes included in any Registration Statement for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and 
  
 (iii) of the happening of any event that requires the making of any changes in the Registration Statement or
the Prospectus so that, as of the date of the issuance of such advice, the statements therein are not misleading and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the
Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading (which advice shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the requisite changes have been made). 
  

 11 

 (d) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the
withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement at the earliest possible time. 
  
 (e) The Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes included within the coverage of any Shelf
Registration Statement, without charge, at least one copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto
(including those incorporated by reference). 
  
 (f) The Company and the Guarantors shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes included within the coverage of any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the
Prospectus (including any preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request; and the Company and the Guarantors consent to the use of the Prospectus
(including any preliminary prospectus) or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes in connection with the offering and sale of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by the Prospectus or any
amendment or supplement thereto. 
  
 (g) The
Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to each Participating Broker-Dealer that so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements
and schedules, any documents incorporated by reference therein and, if the Participating Broker-Dealer so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those incorporated by reference). 
  
 (h) The Company and the Guarantors shall, during the
Exchange Offer Registration Period and pursuant to the requirements of the Act for the resale of the Exchange Notes during the period in which a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act (including any Commission no-action letters
relating to the Registered Exchange Offer), deliver to each Participating Broker-Dealer, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including any preliminary Prospectus) included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment
or supplement thereto as such Participating Broker-Dealer may reasonably request; and the Company and the Guarantors consent to the use of the Prospectus (including any preliminary prospectus) or any amendment or supplement thereto by any such
Participating Broker-Dealer in connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange Notes, as provided in Section 2(f) above. 
  
 (i) Prior to the Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to any Registration Statement, the
Company and the Guarantors shall use reasonable best efforts to register, qualify or cooperate with the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of such
Transfer Restricted Notes for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such states as any such Holders 
  

 12 

 reasonably request in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable
the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such Registration Statement; provided, however, neither the Company nor the Guarantors will be required to qualify generally to do business in any
jurisdiction in which it is not then so qualified, to file any general consent to service of process or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

  
 (j) The Company and the Guarantors shall
cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Notes to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in denominations and registered
in such names as Holders may appropriately request prior to sales of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement. 
  
 (k) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 2(d), 3(d) or paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this Section 5, the Company and the
Guarantors shall promptly prepare and file a post-effective amendment to any Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Transfer
Restricted Notes included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading. 
  
 (l) The Company and the
Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) on the first Business Day following the effective date of any Registration Statement hereunder or as soon as possible thereafter to
remove (i) from any existing CUSIP number assigned to the Transfer Restricted Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, any designation indicating that such notes are “restricted securities,” which efforts shall include delivery to DTC
of a letter executed by the Company substantially in the form of Annex E hereto and (ii) any other stop or restriction on DTC’s system with respect to the Transfer Restricted Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case may be. In the event the Company
and the Guarantors are unable to cause DTC to take actions described in the immediately preceding sentence, the Company and the Guarantors shall take such actions as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably request to provide, as soon as practicable, a
new CUSIP (if not already obtained) number for the Transfer Restricted Notes or Exchange Notes registered under such Registration Statement and to cause such CUSIP number to be assigned to the Transfer Restricted Notes or Exchange Notes (or to the
maximum aggregate principal amount of the securities to which such number may be assigned). 
  
 (m) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the
Commission and shall make generally available to the security holders as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158
promulgated thereunder. 
  

 13 

 (n) The Company and the Guarantors shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the
Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in a timely manner. 
  
 (o) The Company and the Guarantors may require each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes to be sold pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company and the Guarantors such information regarding
the Holder and the distribution of such Transfer Restricted Notes as may, from time to time, be reasonably required by the Act, and the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to any Holder hereunder shall be expressly conditioned on the
compliance of such Holder with such request. 
  
 (p) The Company and the Guarantors shall, if requested, promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to a Shelf Registration Statement (i) such information as the Majority Holders or, if the Transfer
Restricted Notes are being sold in an underwritten offering, as the Managing Underwriters and the Majority Holders, reasonably provide to the Company or the Guarantors in writing for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, or Prospectus, and
(ii) such information as a Holder may reasonably provide from time to time to the Company or the Guarantors in writing for inclusion in a Prospectus or any Shelf Registration Statement, in the case of clause (i) or (ii) above, concerning such Holder
and/or underwriter and the distribution of such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Notes and, in either case, shall make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after being notified in
writing of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment. 
  
 (q) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall enter into such agreements (including
underwriting agreements) and take all other customary and appropriate actions as may be reasonably requested in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of any Transfer Restricted Notes, and in connection therewith, if an
underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 8 (or such other provisions and procedures reasonably acceptable to the Majority Holders
and the Managing Underwriters, if any, with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 8). 
  
 (r) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
  
 (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders
of Transfer Restricted Notes to be registered thereunder, any Managing Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such
Managing Underwriter, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and any of its subsidiaries reasonably requested by such persons; 
  
 (ii) cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’
officers, directors and employees to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders 
  

 14 

 or any such Managing Underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration
Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided, however, that any information that is designated in writing by the Company and the Guarantors as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall
be kept confidential by the Holders or any such Managing Underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent, unless (x) disclosure thereof is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law; provided that each Holder and any such
Managing Underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent will, upon learning that disclosure of such information is sought in a court proceeding or required by law, give notice to the Company and the Guarantors with enough time to allow the Company and
the Guarantors to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure at the Company’s and the Guarantors’ sole expense, or (y) such information has previously been made or becomes available to the public generally through the Company, the
Guarantors or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality or failure to safeguard such disclosure; 
  
 (iii) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes registered thereunder and the Managing
Underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by the Company and the Guarantors to Managing Underwriters and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement; 
  
 (iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the
Guarantors and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any) addressed to each selling Holder and the Managing Underwriters, if any, covering such
matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and Managing Underwriters; 
  
 (v) obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public
accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are,
or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement (provided such Holder furnishes the accountants with such representations
as the accountants customarily require in similar situations) and the Managing Underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten
offerings; and 
  
 (vi) deliver such documents
and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders and the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence compliance with Section 5(i) and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or
other agreement entered into by the Company and the Guarantors. 
  

 15 

 The foregoing actions set forth in this Section 5(r) shall be performed at (i) the
effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto and (ii) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder. 
  
 (s) The Company and the Guarantors shall, if and to the
extent required under the Act and/or the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations thereunder in order to register the Note Guarantee under the Act and qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, cause each guarantor, if any, to
sign any Registration Statement and take all other action necessary to register the Note Guarantee under the applicable Registration Statement. 
  
 (t) If in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company there is a question as to whether the Registered Exchange Offer is permitted by
applicable law, the Company and the Guarantors hereby agree to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Securities Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) allowing the Company and the Guarantors to consummate a
Registered Exchange Offer for such Transfer Restricted Notes. The Company and the Guarantors each hereby agrees to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level but shall not be required to take commercially unreasonable
action to effect a change of Commission policy. The Company and the Guarantors each hereby agrees, however, to (A) participate in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B) deliver to the Commission staff an analysis prepared by counsel to the
Company setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such a Registered Exchange Offer should be permitted and (C) diligently pursue a favorable resolution by the Commission staff of such submission. 

 
 6. Registration Expenses. The Company and the Guarantors shall bear
all reasonable fees and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses, if any, of Shearman & Sterling LLP, counsel for the Initial Purchasers, incurred in connection with the Registered Exchange Offer) incurred in connection with the
performance of their obligations under Sections 2, 3, 4 and 5 hereof (other than brokers’, dealers’ and underwriters’ discounts and commissions and brokers’, dealers’ and underwriters’ counsel fees) and, in connection
with the Shelf Registration Statement, shall reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of Shearman & Sterling LLP to act as counsel for the Holders in connection therewith. 
  
 7. Rules 144 and 144A. The Company shall use reasonable best efforts
to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes, make
publicly available the applicable information necessary to permit sales of their securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A (or any successor rule adopted by the Commission). The Company covenants that it will take such further action as any Holder
of Transfer Restricted Notes may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Transfer Restricted Notes without registration 
  

 16 

 under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including the
requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4) if applicable). The Company will provide a copy of this Agreement to prospective purchasers of Transfer Restricted Notes identified to the Company by the Initial Purchasers upon request. Upon the request of any Holder
of Transfer Restricted Notes, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. 
  
 8. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) (i) In connection with any Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally,
agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes covered thereby, the directors, officers, employees and agents of each such Holder and each person who controls any such Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the
Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement as
originally filed or in any amendment thereof, in any preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and agree to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors will not be liable in any case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based
upon (A) any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to the Holder furnished to the Company and the Guarantors by or on
behalf of any such Holder specifically for inclusion therein, or (B) use of a Registration Statement or the related Prospectus during a period when a stop order has been issued in respect of such Registration Statement or any proceedings for that
purpose have been initiated or use of a Prospectus when use of such Prospectus has been suspended pursuant to Section 2(d), 3(d) or 5(c)(2); provided that in each case, that such Holder received prior notice of such stop order, initiation of
proceedings or suspension; and such Holder is required to but does not deliver a Prospectus or the then-current Prospectus. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Company and the Guarantors may otherwise have.

  
 (ii) The Company and the Guarantors also agree to indemnify or
contribute to Losses, as provided in Section 8(d), of any Managing Underwriters of Transfer Restricted Notes registered under a Registration Statement, their officers and directors and each person who controls such Managing Underwriters on
substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the selling Holders provided in this Section 8(a) and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 5(q)
hereof. 
  
 (b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes covered
by a Registration Statement severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Guarantors and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents and each person who controls either of 
  

 17 

 the Company or the Guarantors within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act to the same extent as the
foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each such Holder, but only with reference to written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company and the Guarantors by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion
in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity, or improper use by the Holder of a Registration Statement or the related Prospectus during a period when a stop order has been issued in respect of such Registration Statement or any
proceedings for that purpose have been initiated or use of a Prospectus when use of such Prospectus has been suspended pursuant to Section 2(d), 3(d) or 5(c)(2); provided that in each case, that such Holder received prior notice of such stop
order, initiation of proceedings or suspension. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any such Holder or person may otherwise have. 
  
 (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such
indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i)
will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii)
will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the
indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and
expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying
party’s election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified parties collectively shall have the right to employ one separate counsel (in addition to local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear
the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel (and local counsel) if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the
actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded, based on the advice of outside counsel, that there may be
legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party
to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the indemnifying party shall have authorized the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying
party; provided further, that the indemnifying party shall not be responsible for the fees and expenses of more than one separate counsel (together with the appropriate local counsel) representing all the indemnified parties under paragraph (a) or
paragraph (b) above. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or
proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an
unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding. 
  

 18 

 (d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 8 is unavailable to
or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims,
damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively “Losses”) to which such indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the
immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such
indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the
parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one
hand or such Holder or such other indemnified person, as the case may be, on the other, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The relative benefits
received by the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other with respect to the offering and such sale shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the sum of the net proceeds from the original issuance of the Notes
received by the Company, on the one hand, bear to the total proceeds received by the Holder with respect to its sale of Transfer Restricted Securities, on the other. Benefits received by any Managing Underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the
total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement that resulted in such Losses. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims,
damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim
which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 8(d), the Holders of the Transfer Restricted Notes shall in no case be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net
proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the amount of damages which such Holders have otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission and in no case shall any Managing Underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the Transfer Restricted Notes purchased by such Managing
Underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method
of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent 
  

 19 

 misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 8, each person who controls an indemnified party within the meaning of
either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of such indemnified party shall have the same rights to contribution as such indemnified party, and each person who controls the Company or the Guarantors within the
meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of the Company or the Guarantors shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company and the Guarantors, subject in each case to the applicable terms
and conditions of this paragraph (d). 
  
 (e) The provisions of
this Section 8 will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors or any of the officers, directors or controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and will
survive the sale by a Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes covered by a Registration Statement. 
  
 9. Underwritten Registrations. 
  
 If any of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by any Shelf Registration statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriter that will administer the offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of such
Transfer Restricted Notes included in such offering, subject to the consent of the Company not to be unreasonably withheld; it being expressly agreed that Wachovia is an acceptable Managing Underwriter to the Company and such Holders shall be
responsible for all underwriting commissions and discounts in connection therewith. 
  
 No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Notes on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements
approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such
underwriting arrangements. 
  
 10. Miscellaneous. (a) No
Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors have not, as of the date hereof, entered into nor shall they, on or after the date hereof, enter into any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or
otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. 
  
 (b)
Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given,
unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of the Majority Holders; provided that additional Guarantors may become parties to this Agreement pursuant to Section 10(h) hereof by executing an amendment hereto, which
need not be signed by any of the other parties hereto to become effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of the Holders whose
securities are being sold pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or a Shelf Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders may be given by Holders of at
least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the applicable notes being sold pursuant to such registration statement. 
  

 20 

 (c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be
made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 
  

	 	(i)	if to the Initial Purchasers, as follows: 

  
 Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC 
 One Wachovia Center 
 301 South College Street 
 Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0604 
 Fax: (704) 383-6596 
 Attention: High Yield Origination 
  
 Banc of America Securities LLC 
 9 West 57th Street 
 New York, New York 10019 
 Fax: (646) 313-4804 
 Attention: Legal Department 
  
 (ii) if
to any other Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10(c), which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder
maintained by the registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to the Initial Purchasers; and 
  

	 	(iii)	if to the Company or the Guarantors, as follows: 

  
 Cadmus Communications Corporation 
 1801 Bayberry Court, Suite 200 
 Richmond, VA 23226 
 Attention: Paul Suijk 
  
 With a copy to: 
  
 Troutman Sanders LLP 
 1111 East Main Street 
 Richmond, VA 23219 
 Attention: Jeffrey M. Gill 
  
 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received, if delivered by hand or air courier, and when sent, if sent by
first-class mail, telex or telecopier. 
  

 21 

 The Company and the Guarantors by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses
for subsequent notices or communications. 
  
 (d) Successors
and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent by the Company or the Guarantors thereto,
subsequent Holders. The Company and the Guarantors hereby agree to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder that acquired the applicable Notes from a Holder and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as
if an original party hereto. 
  
 (e) Counterparts. This
Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

  
 (f) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 
  
 (g) Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The Company and the Guarantors (x) submit to the
nonexclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and of the United States sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in respect of any action, claim or proceeding (“Proceeding”) arising out of or relating to this Agreement
or the transactions contemplated hereby, (y) irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any Proceeding in the Supreme Court of the State of New
York, County of New York, or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and any claim that any Proceeding in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum, and (z) agree that any service of process or other
legal summons in connection with any Proceeding may be served on it by mailing a copy thereof by registered mail, or a form of mail substantially equivalent thereto, postage prepaid, addressed to the served party at its address as provided for in
Section 10(c). Nothing in this section shall affect the right of the parties to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. 
  
 (h) Obligations of New Subsidiary Guarantors. If any person becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor (as defined in the Indenture) after the date hereof and
while the Company has continuing obligations under this Agreement, the Company will cause such person to become a party hereto including for purposes of registration obligations, the guarantee of Additional Interest on a joint and several basis and
indemnification and contribution pursuant to Section 8. 
  
 (i)
Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and
enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to
the fullest extent permitted by law. 
  

 22 

 (j) Notes Held by the Company, Etc. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified
percentage of principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes or Exchange Notes is required hereunder, Transfer Restricted Notes or Exchange Notes held by the Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders
of Transfer Restricted Notes or Exchange Notes if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Notes) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of
such required percentage. 
  

 23 

 Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement between and among the Company, the
Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers. 
  

			
	 Very truly yours,

	
	 CADMUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Christopher T. Schools

	 Name:
	 	 Christopher T. Schools

	 Title:
	 	 Vice President and Treasurer

	
	 CADMUS INVESTMENTS, LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Christopher T. Schools

	 Name:
	 	 Christopher T. Schools

	 Title:
	 	 President and Assistant Treasurer

	
	 CDMS MANAGEMENT, LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Christopher T. Schools

	 Name:
	 	 Christopher T. Schools

	 Title:
	 	 Treasurer

	
	 CADMUS INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.,
 CADMUS
JOURNAL SERVICES, INC., CADMUS
 MARKETING GROUP, INC., CADMUS PRINTING
 GROUP, INC., MACK PRINTING COMPANY, PORT
 CITY PRESS, INC., SCIENCE CRAFTSMAN
 INCORPORATED, WASHBURN GRAPHICS, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Christopher T. Schools

	 Name:
	 	 Christopher T. Schools

	 Title:
	 	 Vice President and Treasurer

 The foregoing Agreement is hereby acknowledged and accepted as of the date first written above. 
  

			
	 WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC

	 BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

	 BNP PARIBAS SECURITIES CORP.

	 HARRIS NESBITT CORP.

		
	 By:
	 	 Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 Lewis S. Morris, III

	 Name:
	 	 Lewis S. Morris, III

	 Title:
	 	 Vice President

 SCHEDULE 1 
  

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS 
  
 Cadmus International Holdings, Inc., incorporated under the laws of Virginia; 
 Cadmus Investments, LLC, incorporated under the laws of Delaware; 
 Cadmus Journal Services, Inc., incorporated under the laws of Virginia;

 Cadmus Marketing Group, Inc., incorporated under the laws of Virginia; 
 Cadmus Printing Group, Inc. incorporated under the laws of Virginia; 
 CDMS Management, LLC, incorporated under the laws of Delaware; 
 Mack Printing Company, incorporated under the laws of Pennsylvania; 
 Port
City Press, Inc., incorporated under the laws of Maryland; 
 Science Craftsman Incorporated, incorporated under the laws of New York; and 
 Washburn Graphics, Inc., incorporated under the laws of North Carolina. 
  

 S-1 

 ANNEX A 
  
 Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the
Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer during the Exchange Offer Registration Period in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Notes where such Notes
were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company and the Guarantors have agreed that, during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, it will make this Prospectus available to any
broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.” 
  

 A-1 

 ANNEX B 
  
 Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes, where such Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes during the Exchange Offer Registration Period. See “Plan of Distribution.”

  

 B-1 

 ANNEX C 
  
 PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 
  
 Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes during the Exchange Offer Registration Period. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of
Exchange Notes received in exchange for Notes where such Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company and the Guarantors have agreed that, during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, it will
make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. 
  
 The Company and the Guarantors will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Notes by broker-dealers. Exchange Notes received by broker-dealers
for their own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or a
combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers
who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant
to the Registered Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act and any profit from any such resale of Exchange Notes
and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer
will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act. 
  
 During the Exchange Offer Registration Period, the Company and the Guarantors will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company and the Guarantors have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Registered Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one
counsel for the holders of the Notes) other than dealers’ and brokers’ discounts, commissions and counsel fees and will indemnify the holders of the Notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities
under the Act. 
  
 [If applicable, add information required by
Regulation S-K Items 507 and/or 508.] 
  

 C-1 

 ANNEX D 
  

	 	 ̈	CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO. 

  

							
	 	 	Name:	 	 	 	  

				
	 	 	 Address
  
	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	  
  

  
 The undersigned
represents that it is not an Affiliate of the Company or the Guarantors, that any Exchange Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of business and that at the time of the commencement of the Registered Exchange Offer it
had no arrangement with any person to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes. 
  
 In addition, if the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer
that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes, it represents that the Notes to be exchanged for Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that
it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of
the Act. 
  

 D-1 

 ANNEX E 
  
 FORM OF LETTER TO BE PROVIDED BY THE COMPANY TO 
 THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY 
  
 The Depository Trust Company 

55 Water Street, 50th Floor 
 New York, NY 10041 
  
 Re: 8 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”) 
       of Cadmus Communications Corporation 
  
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
  
 Please be advised that the
Securities and Exchange Commission has declared effective a Registration Statement on [Form S-3] [Form S-4] under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with regard to all of the Notes referenced above. Accordingly, there is no longer any
restriction as to whom such Notes may be sold and [any restrictions on the CUSIP designation are no longer appropriate and may be removed] [the new CUSIP number for the Notes provided should be used]. I understand that upon receipt of this letter,
DTC will remove any stop or restriction on its system with respect to this issue. 
  
 As always, please do not hesitate to call if we can be of further assistance. 
  
 Very truly yours, 
  
 CADMUS COMMUNICATIONS
CORPORATION 
  

			
	By:	 	  

	 	 	 Authorized Officer

  

 E-1

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00071-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00071-of-00352.parquet"}]]